Import Polish translation of the FreeBSD Handbook. While some
chapters are not translated now, they will be updated soon. Submitted by: Cezary Morga <cezarym@data.pl>
This commit is contained in:
parent
97b1596c2b
commit
7c745958b1
Notes:
svn2git
2020-12-08 03:00:23 +00:00
svn path=/head/; revision=28709
82 changed files with 74976 additions and 0 deletions
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books
MakefileMakefile.inc
handbook
Makefile
advanced-networking
appendix.declaudit
basics
Makefilechapter.sgmlexample-dir1.dotexample-dir2.dotexample-dir3.dotexample-dir4.dotexample-dir5.dot
bibliography
book.sgmlboot
chapter.declchapters.entcolophon.sgmlconfig
cutting-edge
desktop
disks
eresources
firewalls
geom
install
Makefilechapter.sgmlexample-dir1.dotexample-dir2.dotexample-dir3.dotexample-dir4.dotexample-dir5.dot
introduction
kernelconfig
l10n
linuxemu
mac
mail
mirrors
multimedia
network-servers
pgpkeys
ports
ppp-and-slip
preface
printing
security
serialcomms
txtfiles.entusers
vinum
x11
18
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/Makefile
Normal file
18
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
|
|||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
# Original revision: 1.14
|
||||
|
||||
#SUBDIR+= arch-handbook
|
||||
#SUBDIR+= corp-net-guide
|
||||
#SUBDIR+= design-44bsd
|
||||
#SUBDIR+= dev-model
|
||||
#SUBDIR+= developers-handbook
|
||||
#SUBDIR+= faq
|
||||
#SUBDIR+= fdp-primer
|
||||
SUBDIR = handbook
|
||||
#SUBDIR+= pmake
|
||||
#SUBDIR+= porters-handbook
|
||||
|
||||
ROOT_SYMLINKS= faq handbook
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../..
|
||||
.include "${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk"
|
6
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/Makefile.inc
Normal file
6
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/Makefile.inc
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
# Original revision: 1.4
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
DESTDIR?= ${DOCDIR}/pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/${.CURDIR:T}
|
256
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/Makefile
Normal file
256
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
|
|||
# The FreeBSD Polish Documentation Project
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
# Original revision: 1.100
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Build the FreeBSD Handbook.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Handbook-specific variables
|
||||
#
|
||||
# WITH_PGPKEYS The print version of the handbook only prints PGP
|
||||
# fingerprints by default. If you would like for the
|
||||
# entire key to be displayed, then set this variable.
|
||||
# This option has no affect on the HTML formats.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Handbook-specific targets
|
||||
#
|
||||
# pgpkeyring This target will read the contents of
|
||||
# pgpkeys/chapter.sgml and will extract all of
|
||||
# the pgpkeys to standard out. This output can then
|
||||
# be redirected into a file and distributed as a
|
||||
# public keyring of FreeBSD developers that can
|
||||
# easily be imported into PGP/GPG.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../share/sgml/glossary
|
||||
|
||||
MAINTAINER= doc@FreeBSD.org
|
||||
|
||||
DOC?= book
|
||||
|
||||
FORMATS?= html-split
|
||||
|
||||
HAS_INDEX= true
|
||||
USE_PS2PDF= yes
|
||||
|
||||
INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz
|
||||
INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=
|
||||
|
||||
IMAGES_EN = advanced-networking/isdn-bus.eps
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= advanced-networking/isdn-twisted-pair.eps
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= advanced-networking/natd.eps
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= advanced-networking/net-routing.pic
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= advanced-networking/static-routes.pic
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= geom/striping.pic
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/adduser1.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/adduser2.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/adduser3.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/boot-mgr.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/console-saver1.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/console-saver2.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/console-saver3.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/console-saver4.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/desktop.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/disklabel-auto.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/disklabel-ed1.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/disklabel-ed2.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/disklabel-fs.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/disklabel-root1.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/disklabel-root2.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/disklabel-root3.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/disk-layout.eps
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/dist-set.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/dist-set2.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/docmenu1.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/ed0-conf.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/ed0-conf2.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/edit-inetd-conf.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/fdisk-drive1.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/fdisk-drive2.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/fdisk-edit1.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/fdisk-edit2.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/ftp-anon1.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/ftp-anon2.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/hdwrconf.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/keymap.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/main1.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/mainexit.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/main-std.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/main-options.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/main-doc.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/main-keymap.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/media.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/mouse1.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/mouse2.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/mouse3.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/mouse4.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/mouse5.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/mouse6.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/mta-main.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/net-config-menu1.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/net-config-menu2.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/nfs-server-edit.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/ntp-config.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/options.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/pkg-cat.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/pkg-confirm.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/pkg-install.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/pkg-sel.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/probstart.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/routed.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/security.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/sysinstall-exit.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/timezone1.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/timezone2.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/timezone3.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/userconfig.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/userconfig2.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/xf86setup.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= mail/mutt1.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= mail/mutt2.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= mail/mutt3.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= mail/pine1.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= mail/pine2.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= mail/pine3.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= mail/pine4.scr
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= mail/pine5.scr
|
||||
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/example-dir1.eps
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/example-dir2.eps
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/example-dir3.eps
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/example-dir4.eps
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= install/example-dir5.eps
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= security/ipsec-network.pic
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= security/ipsec-crypt-pkt.pic
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= security/ipsec-encap-pkt.pic
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= security/ipsec-out-pkt.pic
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= vinum/vinum-concat.pic
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= vinum/vinum-mirrored-vol.pic
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= vinum/vinum-raid10-vol.pic
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= vinum/vinum-raid5-org.pic
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= vinum/vinum-simple-vol.pic
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= vinum/vinum-striped-vol.pic
|
||||
IMAGES_EN+= vinum/vinum-striped.pic
|
||||
|
||||
# Images from the cross-document image library
|
||||
IMAGES_LIB= callouts/1.png
|
||||
IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/2.png
|
||||
IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/3.png
|
||||
IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/4.png
|
||||
IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/5.png
|
||||
IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/6.png
|
||||
IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/7.png
|
||||
IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/8.png
|
||||
IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/9.png
|
||||
IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/10.png
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SRCS lists the individual SGML files that make up the document. Changes
|
||||
# to any of these files will force a rebuild
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# SGML content
|
||||
SRCS+= audit/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= book.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= colophon.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= freebsd-glossary.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= advanced-networking/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= basics/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= bibliography/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= boot/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= config/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= cutting-edge/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= desktop/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= disks/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= eresources/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= firewalls/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= geom/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= install/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= introduction/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= kernelconfig/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= l10n/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= linuxemu/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= mac/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= mail/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= mirrors/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= multimedia/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= network-servers/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= pgpkeys/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= ports/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= ppp-and-slip/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= preface/preface.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= printing/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= security/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= serialcomms/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= users/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= vinum/chapter.sgml
|
||||
SRCS+= x11/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
# Entities
|
||||
SRCS+= chapters.ent
|
||||
|
||||
SYMLINKS= ${DESTDIR} index.html handbook.html
|
||||
|
||||
# Turn on all the chapters.
|
||||
CHAPTERS?= ${SRCS:M*chapter.sgml}
|
||||
|
||||
SGMLFLAGS+= ${CHAPTERS:S/\/chapter.sgml//:S/^/-i chap./}
|
||||
SGMLFLAGS+= -i chap.freebsd-glossary
|
||||
|
||||
pgpkeyring: pgpkeys/chapter.sgml
|
||||
@${JADE} -V nochunks ${OTHERFLAGS} ${JADEOPTS} -d ${DSLPGP} -t sgml ${MASTERDOC}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Handbook-specific variables
|
||||
#
|
||||
.if defined(WITH_PGPKEYS)
|
||||
JADEFLAGS+= -V withpgpkeys
|
||||
.endif
|
||||
|
||||
URL_RELPREFIX?= ../../../..
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# rules generating lists of mirror site from XML database.
|
||||
#
|
||||
XMLDOCS= mirrors-ftp:::mirrors.sgml.ftp.inc.tmp \
|
||||
mirrors-cvsup:::mirrors.sgml.cvsup.inc.tmp \
|
||||
eresources:::eresources.sgml.www.inc.tmp
|
||||
DEPENDSET.DEFAULT= transtable mirror
|
||||
XSLT.DEFAULT= ${XSL_MIRRORS}
|
||||
XML.DEFAULT= ${XML_MIRRORS}
|
||||
NO_TIDY.DEFAULT= yes
|
||||
|
||||
PARAMS.mirrors-ftp+= --param 'type' "'ftp'" \
|
||||
--param 'proto' "'ftp'" \
|
||||
--param 'target' "'handbook/mirrors/chapter.sgml'"
|
||||
PARAMS.mirrors-cvsup+= --param 'type' "'cvsup'" \
|
||||
--param 'proto' "'cvsup'" \
|
||||
--param 'target' "'handbook/mirrors/chapter.sgml'"
|
||||
PARAMS.eresources+= --param 'type' "'www'" \
|
||||
--param 'proto' "'http'" \
|
||||
--param 'target' "'handbook/eresources/chapter.sgml'"
|
||||
|
||||
SRCS+= mirrors.sgml.ftp.inc \
|
||||
mirrors.sgml.cvsup.inc \
|
||||
eresources.sgml.www.inc
|
||||
|
||||
CLEANFILES+= mirrors.sgml.ftp.inc mirrors.sgml.ftp.inc.tmp \
|
||||
mirrors.sgml.cvsup.inc mirrors.sgml.cvsup.inc.tmp \
|
||||
eresources.sgml.www.inc eresources.sgml.www.inc.tmp
|
||||
|
||||
.include "${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk"
|
||||
|
||||
.for p in ftp cvsup
|
||||
mirrors.sgml.${p}.inc: mirrors.sgml.${p}.inc.tmp
|
||||
${SED} -e 's,<\([^ >]*\)\([^>]*\)/>,<\1\2></\1>,;s,</anchor>,,'\
|
||||
< $@.tmp > $@ || (${RM} -f $@ && false)
|
||||
.endfor
|
||||
|
||||
eresources.sgml.www.inc: eresources.sgml.www.inc.tmp
|
||||
${SED} -e 's,<\([^ >]*\)\([^>]*\)/>,<\1\2></\1>,;s,</anchor>,,'\
|
||||
< $@.tmp > $@ || (${RM} -f $@ && false)
|
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/advanced-networking/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/advanced-networking/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= advanced-networking/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
4707
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/advanced-networking/chapter.sgml
Normal file
4707
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/advanced-networking/chapter.sgml
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
2
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/appendix.decl
Normal file
2
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/appendix.decl
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
|||
<!-- $FreeBSD$ -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE appendix PUBLIC "-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook V3.1-Based Extension//EN">
|
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/audit/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/audit/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= audit/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
570
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/audit/chapter.sgml
Normal file
570
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/audit/chapter.sgml
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,570 @@
|
|||
<!--
|
||||
The FreeBSD Documentation Project
|
||||
$FreeBSD$
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Need more documentation on praudit, auditreduce, etc. Plus more info
|
||||
on the triggers from the kernel (log rotation, out of space, etc).
|
||||
And the /dev/audit special file if we choose to support that. Could use
|
||||
some coverage of integrating MAC with Event auditing and perhaps discussion
|
||||
on how some companies or organizations handle auditing and auditing
|
||||
requirements. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="audit">
|
||||
<chapterinfo>
|
||||
<authorgroup>
|
||||
<author>
|
||||
<firstname>Tom</firstname>
|
||||
<surname>Rhodes</surname>
|
||||
<contrib>Written by </contrib>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
</authorgroup>
|
||||
</chapterinfo>
|
||||
|
||||
<title>Security Event Auditing</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="audit-synopsis">
|
||||
<title>Synopsis</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>AUDIT</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>Security Event Auditing</primary>
|
||||
<see>MAC</see>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The &os; 7-CURRENT development branch includes
|
||||
support for Event Auditing based on the &posix;.1e draft and
|
||||
Sun's published <acronym>BSM</acronym> API and file format.
|
||||
Event auditing permits the selective logging of security-relevant
|
||||
system events for the purposes of post-mortem analysis, system
|
||||
monitoring, and intrusion detection. After some settling time in
|
||||
&os; 7-CURRENT, this support will be merged to &os; 6-STABLE
|
||||
and appear in subsequent releases.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<warning>
|
||||
<para>The audit facility in FreeBSD is considered experimental, and
|
||||
production deployment should occur only after careful consideration
|
||||
of the risks of deploying experimental software.</para>
|
||||
</warning>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>This chapter will focus mainly on the installation and
|
||||
configuration of Event Auditing. Explanation of audit policies,
|
||||
and an example configuration will be provided for the
|
||||
convenience of the reader.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>After reading this chapter, you will know:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>What Event Auditing is and how it works.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>How to configure Event Auditing on &os; for users
|
||||
and processes.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Before reading this chapter, you should:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Understand &unix; and &os; basics
|
||||
(<xref linkend="basics">).</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Be familiar with the basics of kernel
|
||||
configuration/compilation
|
||||
(<xref linkend="kernelconfig">).</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Have some familiarity with security and how it
|
||||
pertains to &os; (<xref linkend="security">).</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
||||
<warning>
|
||||
<para>Event auditing can generate a great deal of log file
|
||||
data, exceeding gigabytes a week in some configurations. An
|
||||
administrator should read this chapter in its entirety to avoid
|
||||
possible self-inflicted <acronym>DoS</acronym> attacks due to
|
||||
improper configuration.</para>
|
||||
</warning>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The implementation of Event Auditing in &os; is similar to
|
||||
that of the &sun; Basic Security Module, or <acronym>BSM</acronym>
|
||||
library. Thus, the configuration is almost completely
|
||||
interchangeable with &solaris; and Mac OS X/Darwin operating
|
||||
systems.</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="audit-inline-glossary">
|
||||
<title>Key Terms - Words to Know</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Before reading this chapter, a few key terms must be
|
||||
explained. This is intended to clear up any confusion that
|
||||
may occur and to avoid the abrupt introduction of new terms
|
||||
and information.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><emphasis>event</emphasis>: An auditable event is
|
||||
an event that can be logged using the audit subsystem. The
|
||||
administrator can configure which events will be audited.
|
||||
Examples of security-relevant events include the creation of
|
||||
a file, the building of a network connection, or the logging
|
||||
in of a user. Events are either <quote>attributable</quote>,
|
||||
meaning that they can be traced back to a user
|
||||
authentication, or <quote>non-attributable</quote>. Examples
|
||||
of non-attributable events are any events that occur before
|
||||
authentication has succeeded in the login process, such as
|
||||
failed authentication attempts.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><emphasis>class</emphasis>: Events may be assigned to
|
||||
one or more classes, usually based on the general category
|
||||
of the events, such as <quote>file creation</quote>,
|
||||
<quote>file access</quote>, or <quote>network</quote>. Login
|
||||
and logout events are assigned to the <literal>lo</literal>
|
||||
class. The use of classes allows the administrator to
|
||||
specify high level auditing rules without having to specify
|
||||
whether each individual auditable operation will be logged.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><emphasis>record</emphasis>: A record is a log entry
|
||||
describing a security event. Records typically have a
|
||||
record event type, information on the subject (user) associated
|
||||
with the event, time information, information on any objects,
|
||||
such as files, and information on whether the event corresponded
|
||||
to a successful operation.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><emphasis>trail</emphasis>: An audit trail, or log file,
|
||||
consists of a series of audit records describing security
|
||||
events. Typically, trails are in roughly chronological
|
||||
order with respect to the time events completed. Only
|
||||
authorized processes are allowed to commit records to the
|
||||
audit trail.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><emphasis>prefix</emphasis>: A prefix is considered to
|
||||
be the configuration element used to toggle auditing for
|
||||
success and failed events.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="audit-install">
|
||||
<title>Installing Audit Support</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Support for Event Auditing is installed with
|
||||
the normal <maketarget>installworld</maketarget> process. An
|
||||
administrator may confirm this by viewing the contents
|
||||
of <filename role="directory">/etc/security</filename>. Files
|
||||
beginning with the word <emphasis>audit</emphasis> should be present.
|
||||
For example, <filename>audit_event</filename>.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>In-kernel support for the framework must also exist. This
|
||||
may be done by adding the following lines to the local kernel
|
||||
configuration file:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>options AUDIT</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Rebuild and reinstall
|
||||
the kernel via the normal process explained in
|
||||
<xref linkend="kernelconfig">.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Once completed, enable the audit daemon by adding the
|
||||
following line to &man.rc.conf.5;:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>auditd_enable="YES"</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Functionality not provided by the default may be added
|
||||
here with the <option>auditd_flags</option> option.</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="audit-config">
|
||||
<title>Audit Configuration</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>All configuration files for security audit are found in
|
||||
<filename role="directory">/etc/security</filename>. The following
|
||||
files must be present before the audit daemon is started:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><filename>audit_class</filename> - Contains the
|
||||
definitions of the audit classes.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><filename>audit_control</filename> - Controls aspects
|
||||
of the audit subsystem, such as default audit classes,
|
||||
minimum disk space to leave on the audit log volume,
|
||||
etc.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><filename>audit_event</filename> - Defines the kernel
|
||||
audit events. These map, mostly, to system calls.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><filename>audit_user</filename> - The events to audit
|
||||
for individual users. Users not appearing here will be
|
||||
subject to the default configuration in the control
|
||||
configuration file.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><filename>audit_warn</filename> - A shell script
|
||||
used by auditd to generate warning messages in
|
||||
exceptional situations, such as when space for audit
|
||||
records is running low.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2>
|
||||
<title>Audit File Syntax</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The configuration file syntax is rather arcane, albeit easy
|
||||
to work with. One thing an administrator must be leery about
|
||||
is overriding system defaults. This could create potential
|
||||
openings for audit data to not be collected properly.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The audit subsystem will accept both the short name and
|
||||
long name with regards to configuration syntax. A syntax
|
||||
map has been included below.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The following list contains all supported audit
|
||||
classes:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><option>all</option> - <literal>all</literal> - All
|
||||
audit flags set.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><option>ad</option> - <literal>administrative</literal>
|
||||
- Administrative actions performed on the system as a
|
||||
whole.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><option>ap</option> - <literal>application</literal> -
|
||||
Application defined action.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><option>cl</option> - <literal>file_close</literal> -
|
||||
Audit calls to the <function>close</function> system
|
||||
call.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><option>ex</option> - <literal>exec</literal> - Audit
|
||||
program or utility execution.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><option>fa</option> - <literal>file_attr_acc</literal>
|
||||
- Audit the access of object attributes such as
|
||||
&man.stat.1;, &man.pathconf.2; and similar events.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><option>fc</option> - <literal>file_creation</literal>
|
||||
- Audit events where a file is created as a result.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><option>fd</option> - <literal>file_deletion</literal>
|
||||
- Audit events where file deletion occurs.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><option>fm</option> - <literal>file_attr_mod</literal>
|
||||
- Audit events where file attribute modification occurs,
|
||||
such as &man.chown.8;, &man.chflags.1;, &man.flock.2;,
|
||||
etc.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><option>fr</option> - <literal>file_read</literal>
|
||||
- Audit events in which data is read, files are opened for
|
||||
reading, etc.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><option>fw</option> - <literal>file_write</literal> -
|
||||
Audit events in which data is written, files are written
|
||||
or modified, etc.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><option>io</option> - <literal>ioctl</literal> - Audit
|
||||
use of the &man.ioctl.2; system call.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><option>ip</option> - <literal>ipc</literal> - Audit
|
||||
various forms of Inter-Process Communication, including POSIX
|
||||
pipes and System V <acronym>IPC</acronym> operations.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><option>lo</option> - <literal>login_logout</literal> -
|
||||
Audit &man.login.1; and &man.logout.1; events occurring
|
||||
on the system.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><option>na</option> - <literal>non_attrib</literal> -
|
||||
Audit non-attributable events.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><option>no</option> - <literal>no_class</literal> -
|
||||
Null class used to disable event auditing.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><option>nt</option> - <literal>network</literal> -
|
||||
Audit events related to network actions, such as
|
||||
&man.connect.2; and &man.accept.2;.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><option>ot</option> - <literal>other</literal> -
|
||||
Audit miscellaneous events.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><option>pc</option> - <literal>process</literal> -
|
||||
Audit process operations, such as &man.exec.3; and
|
||||
&man.exit.3;.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Following is a list of all supported audit prefixes:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><literal>none</literal> - Audit both the success
|
||||
or failure of an event. For example, just listing a
|
||||
class will result in the auditing of both success and
|
||||
failure.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><literal>+</literal> - Audit successful events
|
||||
only.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><literal>-</literal> - Audit failed events
|
||||
only.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
||||
<warning>
|
||||
<para>Using the <option>all</option> class with either the
|
||||
positive or negative prefix can generate a large amount
|
||||
of data at an extremely rapid rate.</para>
|
||||
</warning>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Extra prefixes used to modify the default configuration
|
||||
values:</para>
|
||||
<!-- XXX: Perhaps a variable listing here. -->
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>^- - Disable auditing of failed events.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>^+ - Enable auditing of successful events.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>^ - Disable auditing of both successful and failed
|
||||
events.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2>
|
||||
<title>Configuration Files</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>In most cases, administrators will need to modify only two files
|
||||
when configuring the audit system: <filename>audit_control</filename>
|
||||
and <filename>audit_user</filename>. The first controls system-wide
|
||||
audit paramaters and defaults for both attributable and
|
||||
non-attributable events. The second may be used to tune the level
|
||||
and nature of auditing for individual users.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect3 id="audit-auditcontrol">
|
||||
<title>The <filename>audit_control</filename> File</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The <filename>audit_control</filename> file contains some basic
|
||||
defaults that the administrator may wish to modify. Perhaps
|
||||
even set some new ones. Viewing the contents of this file,
|
||||
we see the following:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>dir:/var/audit
|
||||
flags:lo
|
||||
minfree:20
|
||||
naflags:lo</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The <option>dir</option> option is used to set the default
|
||||
directory where audit logs are stored. Audit is frequently
|
||||
configured so that audit logs are stored on a dedicated file
|
||||
system, so as to prevent interference between the audit
|
||||
subsystem and other subsystems when file systems become full.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The <option>flags</option> option is used to set the
|
||||
system-wide defaults. The current setting, <option>lo</option>
|
||||
configures the auditing of all &man.login.1; and &man.logout.1;
|
||||
actions. A more complex example,
|
||||
<option>lo,ad,-all,^-fa,^-fc,^-cl</option> audits all system
|
||||
&man.login.1; and &man.logout.1; actions, all administrator
|
||||
actions, all failed events in the system, and finally disables
|
||||
auditing of failed attempts for <option>fa</option>,
|
||||
<option>fc</option>, and <option>cl</option>. Even though
|
||||
the <option>-all</option> turned on the auditing of all
|
||||
failed attempts, the <option>^-</option> prefix will override
|
||||
that for the latter options.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Notice that the previous paragraph shows the file is
|
||||
read from left to right. As such, values further on the
|
||||
right side may override a previous value specified to
|
||||
its left.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The <option>minfree</option> option defines the minimum
|
||||
percentage of free space for audit file systems. This
|
||||
relates to the file system where audit logs are stored.
|
||||
For example, if the <option>dir</option> specifies
|
||||
<filename role="directory">/var/audit</filename> and
|
||||
<option>minfree</option> is set to twenty (20), warning
|
||||
messages will be generated when the
|
||||
<filename role="directory">/var</filename> file system grows
|
||||
to eighty (80) percent full.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The <option>naflags</option> option specifies audit
|
||||
classes to be audited for non-attributed events —
|
||||
that is, events for which there is no authenticated user.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect3 id="audit-audituser">
|
||||
<title>The <filename>audit_user</filename> File</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The <filename>audit_user</filename> file permits the
|
||||
administrator to determine which classes of audit events
|
||||
should be logged for which system users.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The following is the defaults currently placed in
|
||||
the <filename>audit_user</filename> file:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>root:lo:no
|
||||
audit:fc:no</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Notice how the default is to audit all cases of
|
||||
<command>login</command>/<command>logout</command>
|
||||
and disable auditing of all other actions for
|
||||
<username>root</username>. This configuration
|
||||
also audits all file creation and disables all
|
||||
other auditing for the <username>audit</username>
|
||||
user. While event auditing does not require a special
|
||||
user exist, some configurations, specifically environments
|
||||
making use of <acronym>MAC</acronym>, may require it.</para>
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="audit-administration">
|
||||
<title>Event Audit Administration</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Events written by the kernel audit subsystem cannot
|
||||
be altered or read in plain text. Data is stored and accessed
|
||||
in a method similar to that of &man.ktrace.1; and &man.kdump.1;,
|
||||
that is, they may only be viewed by dumping them using the
|
||||
<command>praudit</command> command; audit trails may be reduced
|
||||
using the <command>auditreduce</command> command, which selects
|
||||
records from an audit trail based on properties of interest, such
|
||||
as the user, time of the event, and type of operation.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>For example, the <command>praudit</command> utility will dump the
|
||||
entire contents of a specified audit log in plain text. To dump an
|
||||
audit log in its entirety, use:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>praudit /var/audit/AUDITFILE</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Where <replaceable>AUDITFILE</replaceable> is the audit log
|
||||
of viewing choice. Since audit logs may contain enormous
|
||||
amounts of data, an administrator may prefer to select records
|
||||
for specific users. This is made possible with the following
|
||||
command, where <username>trhodes</username> is the user of
|
||||
choice:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>auditreduce -e trhodes /var/audit/AUDITFILE | praudit</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>This will select all audit records produced by the user
|
||||
<username>trhodes</username> stored in the
|
||||
<replaceable>AUDITFILE</replaceable> file.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>There are several other options available for reading audit
|
||||
records, see the aforementioned command's manual pages for
|
||||
a more in depth explanation.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2>
|
||||
<title>Rotating Audit Log Files</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Due to log reliability requirements, audit trails
|
||||
are written to only by the kernel, and managed only by
|
||||
<command>auditd</command>. Administrators should not
|
||||
attempt to use &man.newsyslog.conf.5; or other tools to
|
||||
directly rotate audit logs. Instead, the <command>audit</command>
|
||||
management tool should be used to shut down auditing,
|
||||
reconfigure the audit system, and perform log rotation.
|
||||
The following command causes the audit daemon to create a
|
||||
new audit log and signal the kernel to switch to using the
|
||||
new log. The old log will be terminated and renamed, at
|
||||
which point it may then be manipulated by the administrator.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>audit -n</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<warning>
|
||||
<para>If the <command>auditd</command> daemon is not currently
|
||||
running, the previous command will fail and an error message
|
||||
will be produced.</para>
|
||||
</warning>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Adding the following line to
|
||||
<filename>/etc/crontab</filename> will force the rotation
|
||||
every twelve hours from &man.cron.8;:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>* */12 * * * root /usr/sbin/audit -n</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The change will take effect once you have saved the
|
||||
new <filename>/etc/crontab</filename>.</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2>
|
||||
<title>Delegating Audit Review Rights</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>By default, only the root user has the right to read system audit
|
||||
logs. However, that right may be delegated to members of the
|
||||
<literal>audit</literal> group, as the audit directory and audit
|
||||
trail files are assigned to that group, and made group-readable. As
|
||||
the ability to track audit log contents provides significant insight
|
||||
into the behavior of users and processes, it is recommended that the
|
||||
delegation of audit review rights be performed with caution.</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/basics/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/basics/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= basics/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
2585
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/basics/chapter.sgml
Normal file
2585
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/basics/chapter.sgml
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
7
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/basics/example-dir1.dot
Normal file
7
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/basics/example-dir1.dot
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
|||
// $FreeBSD$
|
||||
|
||||
digraph directory {
|
||||
root [label="Root\n/"];
|
||||
root -> "A1/";
|
||||
root -> "A2/";
|
||||
}
|
8
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/basics/example-dir2.dot
Normal file
8
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/basics/example-dir2.dot
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
|
|||
// $FreeBSD$
|
||||
|
||||
digraph directory {
|
||||
root [label="Root\n/"];
|
||||
root -> "A1/" -> "B1/";
|
||||
"A1/" -> "B2/";
|
||||
root -> "A2/";
|
||||
}
|
8
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/basics/example-dir3.dot
Normal file
8
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/basics/example-dir3.dot
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
|
|||
// $FreeBSD$
|
||||
|
||||
digraph directory {
|
||||
root [label="Root\n/"];
|
||||
root -> "A1/";
|
||||
root -> "A2/" -> "B1/";
|
||||
"A2/" -> "B2/";
|
||||
}
|
9
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/basics/example-dir4.dot
Normal file
9
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/basics/example-dir4.dot
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
|||
// $FreeBSD$
|
||||
|
||||
digraph directory {
|
||||
root [label="Root\n/"];
|
||||
root -> "A1/";
|
||||
root -> "A2/" -> "B1/" -> "C1/";
|
||||
"B1/" -> "C2/";
|
||||
"A2/" -> "B2/";
|
||||
}
|
9
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/basics/example-dir5.dot
Normal file
9
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/basics/example-dir5.dot
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
|||
// $FreeBSD$
|
||||
|
||||
digraph directory {
|
||||
root [label="Root\n/"];
|
||||
root -> "A1/" -> "C1/";
|
||||
"A1/" -> "C2/";
|
||||
root -> "A2/" -> "B1/";
|
||||
"A2/" -> "B2/";
|
||||
}
|
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/bibliography/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/bibliography/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= bibliography/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
655
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/bibliography/chapter.sgml
Normal file
655
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/bibliography/chapter.sgml
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,655 @@
|
|||
<!--
|
||||
The FreeBSD Documentation Project
|
||||
|
||||
$FreeBSD$
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<appendix id="bibliography">
|
||||
<title>Bibliografia</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>While the manual pages provide the definitive reference for individual
|
||||
pieces of the FreeBSD operating system, they are notorious for not
|
||||
illustrating how to put the pieces together to make the whole operating
|
||||
system run smoothly. For this, there is no substitute for a good book on
|
||||
&unix; system administration and a good users' manual.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="bibliography-freebsd">
|
||||
<title>Books & Magazines Specific to FreeBSD</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para><emphasis>International books &
|
||||
Magazines:</emphasis></para>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink
|
||||
url="http://jdli.tw.FreeBSD.org/publication/book/freebsd2/index.htm">Using FreeBSD</ulink> (in Chinese).</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>FreeBSD Unleashed (Chinese translation), published by
|
||||
<ulink url="http://www.hzbook.com/">China Machine
|
||||
Press</ulink>. ISBN 7-111-10201-0.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>FreeBSD From Scratch First Edition (in Chinese),
|
||||
published by China Machine Press. ISBN 7-111-07482-3.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>FreeBSD From Scratch Second Edition (in Chinese),
|
||||
published by China Machine Press. ISBN 7-111-10286-X.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>FreeBSD Handbook (Chinese translation), published by
|
||||
<ulink url="http://www.ptpress.com.cn/">Posts & Telecom
|
||||
Press</ulink>. ISBN 7-115-10541-3.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>FreeBSD 3.x Internet (in Chinese), published by
|
||||
<ulink url="http://www.tup.tsinghua.edu.cn/">Tsinghua
|
||||
University Press</ulink>. ISBN 7-900625-66-6.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>FreeBSD & Windows (in Chinese), ISBN 7-113-03845-X</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>FreeBSD Internet Services HOWTO (in Chinese), ISBN 7-113-03423-3</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>FreeBSD for PC 98'ers (in Japanese), published by SHUWA System
|
||||
Co, LTD. ISBN 4-87966-468-5 C3055 P2900E.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>FreeBSD (in Japanese), published by CUTT. ISBN 4-906391-22-2
|
||||
C3055 P2400E.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.shoeisha.com/book/Detail.asp?bid=650">Complete Introduction to FreeBSD</ulink> (in Japanese), published by <ulink url="http://www.shoeisha.co.jp/">Shoeisha Co., Ltd</ulink>. ISBN 4-88135-473-6 P3600E.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.ascii.co.jp/pb/book1/shinkan/detail/1322785.html">Personal UNIX Starter Kit FreeBSD</ulink> (in Japanese), published by <ulink url="http://www.ascii.co.jp/">ASCII</ulink>. ISBN 4-7561-1733-3 P3000E.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>FreeBSD Handbook (Japanese translation), published by <ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.ascii.co.jp/">ASCII</ulink>. ISBN 4-7561-1580-2
|
||||
P3800E.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>FreeBSD mit Methode (in German), published by <ulink url="http://www.cul.de">Computer und
|
||||
Literatur Verlag</ulink>/Vertrieb Hanser, 1998. ISBN 3-932311-31-0.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.cul.de/freebsd.html">FreeBSD 4 - Installieren, Konfigurieren, Administrieren</ulink>
|
||||
(in German), published by <ulink url="http://www.cul.de">Computer und Literatur Verlag</ulink>, 2001.
|
||||
ISBN 3-932311-88-4.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.cul.de/freebsd.html">FreeBSD 5 - Installieren, Konfigurieren, Administrieren</ulink>
|
||||
(in German), published by <ulink url="http://www.cul.de">Computer und Literatur Verlag</ulink>, 2003.
|
||||
ISBN 3-936546-06-1.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink url="http://www.mitp.de/vmi/mitp/detail/pWert/1343/">
|
||||
FreeBSD de Luxe</ulink> (in German), published by
|
||||
<ulink url="http://www.mitp.de">Verlag Modere Industrie</ulink>,
|
||||
2003. ISBN 3-8266-1343-0.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.pc.mycom.co.jp/FreeBSD/install-manual.html">FreeBSD Install and Utilization Manual</ulink> (in Japanese), published by <ulink url="http://www.pc.mycom.co.jp/">Mainichi Communications Inc.</ulink>.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Onno W Purbo, Dodi Maryanto, Syahrial Hubbany, Widjil Widodo
|
||||
<emphasis><ulink url="http://maxwell.itb.ac.id/">
|
||||
Building Internet Server with
|
||||
FreeBSD</ulink></emphasis> (in Indonesia Language), published
|
||||
by <ulink url="http://www.elexmedia.co.id/">Elex Media Komputindo</ulink>.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
||||
<para><emphasis>English language books & Magazines:</emphasis></para>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink url="http://www.AbsoluteBSD.com/">Absolute
|
||||
BSD: The Ultimate Guide to FreeBSD</ulink>, published by
|
||||
<ulink url="http://www.nostarch.com/">No Starch Press</ulink>, 2002.
|
||||
ISBN: 1886411743</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.freebsdmall.com/cgi-bin/fm/bsdcomp">
|
||||
The Complete FreeBSD</ulink>, published by
|
||||
<ulink url="http://www.oreilly.com/">O'Reilly</ulink>, 2003.
|
||||
ISBN: 0596005164</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink url="http://www.freebsd-corp-net-guide.com/">The
|
||||
FreeBSD Corporate Networker's Guide</ulink>, published by
|
||||
<ulink url="http://www.awl.com/aw/">Addison-Wesley</ulink>, 2000.
|
||||
ISBN: 0201704811</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink url="http://andrsn.stanford.edu/FreeBSD/introbook/">
|
||||
FreeBSD: An Open-Source Operating System for Your Personal
|
||||
Computer</ulink>, published by The Bit Tree Press, 2001.
|
||||
ISBN: 0971204500</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Teach Yourself FreeBSD in 24 Hours, published by
|
||||
<ulink url="http://www.samspublishing.com/">Sams</ulink>, 2002.
|
||||
ISBN: 0672324245</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>FreeBSD unleashed, published by
|
||||
<ulink url="http://www.samspublishing.com/">Sams</ulink>, 2002.
|
||||
ISBN: 0672324563</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>FreeBSD: The Complete Reference, published by
|
||||
<ulink url="http://books.mcgraw-hill.com">McGrawHill</ulink>, 2003.
|
||||
ISBN: 0072224096 </para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="bibliography-userguides">
|
||||
<title>Users' Guides</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Computer Systems Research Group, UC Berkeley. <emphasis>4.4BSD
|
||||
User's Reference Manual</emphasis>. O'Reilly & Associates,
|
||||
Inc., 1994. ISBN 1-56592-075-9</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Computer Systems Research Group, UC Berkeley. <emphasis>4.4BSD
|
||||
User's Supplementary Documents</emphasis>. O'Reilly &
|
||||
Associates, Inc., 1994. ISBN 1-56592-076-7</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><emphasis>UNIX in a Nutshell</emphasis>. O'Reilly &
|
||||
Associates, Inc., 1990. ISBN 093717520X</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Mui, Linda. <emphasis>What You Need To Know When You Can't Find
|
||||
Your UNIX System Administrator</emphasis>. O'Reilly &
|
||||
Associates, Inc., 1995. ISBN 1-56592-104-6</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink url="http://www-wks.acs.ohio-state.edu/">Ohio State
|
||||
University</ulink> has written a <ulink
|
||||
url="http://www-wks.acs.ohio-state.edu/unix_course/unix.html">UNIX
|
||||
Introductory Course</ulink> which is available online in HTML and
|
||||
PostScript format.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>An Italian <ulink
|
||||
url="&url.doc.base;/it_IT.ISO8859-15/books/unix-introduction/index.html">translation</ulink>
|
||||
of this document is available as part of the FreeBSD Italian
|
||||
Documentation Project.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink url="http://www.jp.FreeBSD.org/">Jpman Project, Japan
|
||||
FreeBSD Users Group</ulink>. <ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.pc.mycom.co.jp/FreeBSD/urm.html">FreeBSD User's
|
||||
Reference Manual</ulink> (Japanese translation). <ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.pc.mycom.co.jp/">Mainichi Communications
|
||||
Inc.</ulink>, 1998. ISBN4-8399-0088-4 P3800E.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink url="http://www.ed.ac.uk/">Edinburgh
|
||||
University</ulink> has written an <ulink
|
||||
url="http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/">Online Guide</ulink> for
|
||||
newcomers to the UNIX environment.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="bibliography-adminguides">
|
||||
<title>Administrators' Guides</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Albitz, Paul and Liu, Cricket. <emphasis>DNS and
|
||||
BIND</emphasis>, 4th Ed. O'Reilly & Associates, Inc., 2001.
|
||||
ISBN 1-59600-158-4</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Computer Systems Research Group, UC Berkeley. <emphasis>4.4BSD
|
||||
System Manager's Manual</emphasis>. O'Reilly & Associates,
|
||||
Inc., 1994. ISBN 1-56592-080-5</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Costales, Brian, et al. <emphasis>Sendmail</emphasis>, 2nd Ed.
|
||||
O'Reilly & Associates, Inc., 1997. ISBN 1-56592-222-0</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Frisch, Æleen. <emphasis>Essential System
|
||||
Administration</emphasis>, 2nd Ed. O'Reilly & Associates,
|
||||
Inc., 1995. ISBN 1-56592-127-5</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Hunt, Craig. <emphasis>TCP/IP Network
|
||||
Administration</emphasis>, 2nd Ed. O'Reilly & Associates, Inc., 1997.
|
||||
ISBN 1-56592-322-7</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Nemeth, Evi. <emphasis>UNIX System Administration
|
||||
Handbook</emphasis>. 3rd Ed. Prentice Hall, 2000. ISBN
|
||||
0-13-020601-6</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Stern, Hal <emphasis>Managing NFS and NIS</emphasis> O'Reilly
|
||||
& Associates, Inc., 1991. ISBN 0-937175-75-7</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink url="http://www.jp.FreeBSD.org/">Jpman Project, Japan
|
||||
FreeBSD Users Group</ulink>. <ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.pc.mycom.co.jp/FreeBSD/sam.html">FreeBSD System
|
||||
Administrator's Manual</ulink> (Japanese translation). <ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.pc.mycom.co.jp/">Mainichi Communications
|
||||
Inc.</ulink>, 1998. ISBN4-8399-0109-0 P3300E.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Dreyfus, Emmanuel. <ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.eyrolles.com/Informatique/Livre/9782212114638/">Cahiers
|
||||
de l'Admin: BSD</ulink> 2nd Ed. (in French), Eyrolles, 2004.
|
||||
ISBN 2-212-11463-X</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="bibliography-programmers">
|
||||
<title>Programmers' Guides</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Asente, Paul, Converse, Diana, and Swick, Ralph.
|
||||
<emphasis>X Window System Toolkit</emphasis>. Digital Press,
|
||||
1998. ISBN 1-55558-178-1</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Computer Systems Research Group, UC Berkeley. <emphasis>4.4BSD
|
||||
Programmer's Reference Manual</emphasis>. O'Reilly &
|
||||
Associates, Inc., 1994. ISBN 1-56592-078-3</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Computer Systems Research Group, UC Berkeley. <emphasis>4.4BSD
|
||||
Programmer's Supplementary Documents</emphasis>. O'Reilly &
|
||||
Associates, Inc., 1994. ISBN 1-56592-079-1</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Harbison, Samuel P. and Steele, Guy L. Jr. <emphasis>C: A
|
||||
Reference Manual</emphasis>. 4th ed. Prentice Hall, 1995.
|
||||
ISBN 0-13-326224-3</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Kernighan, Brian and Dennis M. Ritchie. <emphasis>The C
|
||||
Programming Language</emphasis>. 2nd Ed. PTR Prentice Hall, 1988.
|
||||
ISBN 0-13-110362-8</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Lehey, Greg. <emphasis>Porting UNIX Software</emphasis>.
|
||||
O'Reilly & Associates, Inc., 1995. ISBN 1-56592-126-7</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Plauger, P. J. <emphasis>The Standard C Library</emphasis>.
|
||||
Prentice Hall, 1992. ISBN 0-13-131509-9</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Spinellis, Diomidis. <ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.spinellis.gr/codereading/"><emphasis>Code
|
||||
Reading: The Open Source Perspective</emphasis></ulink>.
|
||||
Addison-Wesley, 2003. ISBN 0-201-79940-5</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Spinellis, Diomidis. <ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.spinellis.gr/codequality/"><emphasis>Code
|
||||
Quality: The Open Source Perspective</emphasis></ulink>.
|
||||
Addison-Wesley, 2006. ISBN 0-321-16607-8</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Stevens, W. Richard and Stephen A. Rago.
|
||||
<emphasis>Advanced Programming in the UNIX
|
||||
Environment</emphasis>. 2nd Ed.
|
||||
Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 2005.
|
||||
ISBN 0-201-43307-9</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Stevens, W. Richard. <emphasis>UNIX Network
|
||||
Programming</emphasis>. 2nd Ed, PTR Prentice Hall, 1998. ISBN
|
||||
0-13-490012-X</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Wells, Bill. <quote>Writing Serial Drivers for UNIX</quote>.
|
||||
<emphasis>Dr. Dobb's Journal</emphasis>. 19(15), December 1994.
|
||||
pp68-71, 97-99.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="bibliography-osinternals">
|
||||
<title>Operating System Internals</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Andleigh, Prabhat K. <emphasis>UNIX System
|
||||
Architecture</emphasis>. Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1990. ISBN
|
||||
0-13-949843-5</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Jolitz, William. <quote>Porting UNIX to the 386</quote>.
|
||||
<emphasis>Dr. Dobb's Journal</emphasis>. January 1991-July
|
||||
1992.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Leffler, Samuel J., Marshall Kirk McKusick, Michael J Karels and
|
||||
John Quarterman <emphasis>The Design and Implementation of the
|
||||
4.3BSD UNIX Operating System</emphasis>. Reading, Mass. :
|
||||
Addison-Wesley, 1989. ISBN 0-201-06196-1</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Leffler, Samuel J., Marshall Kirk McKusick, <emphasis>The Design
|
||||
and Implementation of the 4.3BSD UNIX Operating System: Answer
|
||||
Book</emphasis>. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1991. ISBN
|
||||
0-201-54629-9</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>McKusick, Marshall Kirk, Keith Bostic, Michael J Karels, and
|
||||
John Quarterman. <emphasis>The Design and Implementation of the
|
||||
4.4BSD Operating System</emphasis>. Reading, Mass. :
|
||||
Addison-Wesley, 1996. ISBN 0-201-54979-4</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>(Chapter 2 of this book is available <ulink
|
||||
url="&url.books.design-44bsd;/book.html">online</ulink> as part of
|
||||
the FreeBSD Documentation Project, and chapter 9 <ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.netapp.com/tech_library/nfsbook.html">
|
||||
here</ulink>.)</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Marshall Kirk McKusick, George V. Neville-Neil <emphasis>The Design
|
||||
and Implementation of the FreeBSD Operating System</emphasis>.
|
||||
Boston, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 2004. ISBN 0-201-70245-2</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Stevens, W. Richard. <emphasis>TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 1:
|
||||
The Protocols</emphasis>. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley,
|
||||
1996. ISBN 0-201-63346-9</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Schimmel, Curt. <emphasis>Unix Systems for Modern
|
||||
Architectures</emphasis>. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1994.
|
||||
ISBN 0-201-63338-8</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Stevens, W. Richard. <emphasis>TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 3:
|
||||
TCP for Transactions, HTTP, NNTP and the UNIX Domain
|
||||
Protocols</emphasis>. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1996.
|
||||
ISBN 0-201-63495-3</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Vahalia, Uresh. <emphasis>UNIX Internals -- The New
|
||||
Frontiers</emphasis>. Prentice Hall, 1996. ISBN
|
||||
0-13-101908-2</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Wright, Gary R. and W. Richard Stevens. <emphasis>TCP/IP
|
||||
Illustrated, Volume 2: The Implementation</emphasis>. Reading,
|
||||
Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN 0-201-63354-X</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="bibliography-security">
|
||||
<title>Security Reference</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Cheswick, William R. and Steven M. Bellovin. <emphasis>Firewalls
|
||||
and Internet Security: Repelling the Wily Hacker</emphasis>.
|
||||
Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN
|
||||
0-201-63357-4</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Garfinkel, Simson and Gene Spafford.
|
||||
<emphasis>Practical UNIX & Internet Security</emphasis>.
|
||||
2nd Ed. O'Reilly & Associates, Inc., 1996. ISBN
|
||||
1-56592-148-8</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Garfinkel, Simson. <emphasis>PGP Pretty Good
|
||||
Privacy</emphasis> O'Reilly & Associates, Inc., 1995. ISBN
|
||||
1-56592-098-8</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="bibliography-hardware">
|
||||
<title>Hardware Reference</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Anderson, Don and Tom Shanley. <emphasis>Pentium Processor
|
||||
System Architecture</emphasis>. 2nd Ed. Reading, Mass. :
|
||||
Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN 0-201-40992-5</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Ferraro, Richard F. <emphasis>Programmer's Guide to the EGA,
|
||||
VGA, and Super VGA Cards</emphasis>. 3rd ed. Reading, Mass. :
|
||||
Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN 0-201-62490-7</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Intel Corporation publishes documentation on their CPUs,
|
||||
chipsets and standards on their <ulink
|
||||
url="http://developer.intel.com/">developer web site</ulink>,
|
||||
usually as PDF files.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Shanley, Tom. <emphasis>80486 System Architecture</emphasis>.
|
||||
3rd ed. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN
|
||||
0-201-40994-1</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Shanley, Tom. <emphasis>ISA System Architecture</emphasis>.
|
||||
3rd ed. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN
|
||||
0-201-40996-8</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Shanley, Tom. <emphasis>PCI System Architecture</emphasis>.
|
||||
4th ed. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1999. ISBN
|
||||
0-201-30974-2</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Van Gilluwe, Frank. <emphasis>The Undocumented PC</emphasis>, 2nd Ed.
|
||||
Reading, Mass: Addison-Wesley Pub. Co., 1996. ISBN
|
||||
0-201-47950-8</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Messmer, Hans-Peter. <emphasis>The Indispensable PC Hardware Book</emphasis>, 4th Ed.
|
||||
Reading, Mass: Addison-Wesley Pub. Co., 2002. ISBN
|
||||
0-201-59616-4</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="bibliography-history">
|
||||
<title>&unix; History</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Lion, John <emphasis>Lion's Commentary on UNIX, 6th Ed. With
|
||||
Source Code</emphasis>. ITP Media Group, 1996. ISBN
|
||||
1573980137</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Raymond, Eric S. <emphasis>The New Hacker's Dictionary, 3rd
|
||||
edition</emphasis>. MIT Press, 1996. ISBN
|
||||
0-262-68092-0. Also known as the <ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.catb.org/~esr/jargon/html/index.html">Jargon
|
||||
File</ulink></para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Salus, Peter H. <emphasis>A quarter century of UNIX</emphasis>.
|
||||
Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Inc., 1994. ISBN
|
||||
0-201-54777-5</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Simon Garfinkel, Daniel Weise, Steven Strassmann. <emphasis>The
|
||||
UNIX-HATERS Handbook</emphasis>. IDG Books Worldwide, Inc.,
|
||||
1994. ISBN 1-56884-203-1. Out of print, but available <ulink
|
||||
url="http://research.microsoft.com/~daniel/unix-haters.html">
|
||||
online</ulink>.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Don Libes, Sandy Ressler <emphasis>Life with UNIX</emphasis>
|
||||
— special edition. Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1989. ISBN
|
||||
0-13-536657-7</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><emphasis>The BSD family tree</emphasis>.
|
||||
<ulink url="http://www.FreeBSD.org/cgi/cvsweb.cgi/src/share/misc/bsd-family-tree"></ulink>
|
||||
or <ulink type="html" url="file://localhost/usr/share/misc/bsd-family-tree"><filename>/usr/share/misc/bsd-family-tree</filename></ulink>
|
||||
on a FreeBSD machine.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><emphasis>The BSD Release Announcements collection</emphasis>.
|
||||
1997. <ulink url="http://www.de.FreeBSD.org/de/ftp/releases/"></ulink></para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><emphasis>Networked Computer Science Technical Reports
|
||||
Library</emphasis>. <ulink url="http://www.ncstrl.org/"></ulink></para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><emphasis>Old BSD releases from the Computer Systems Research
|
||||
group (CSRG)</emphasis>.
|
||||
<ulink url="http://www.mckusick.com/csrg/"></ulink>:
|
||||
The 4CD set covers all BSD versions from 1BSD to 4.4BSD and
|
||||
4.4BSD-Lite2 (but not 2.11BSD, unfortunately). The last
|
||||
disk also holds the final sources plus the SCCS files.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="bibliography-journals">
|
||||
<title>Magazines and Journals</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><emphasis>The C/C++ Users Journal</emphasis>. R&D
|
||||
Publications Inc. ISSN 1075-2838</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><emphasis>Sys Admin — The Journal for UNIX System
|
||||
Administrators</emphasis> Miller Freeman, Inc., ISSN
|
||||
1061-2688</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><emphasis>freeX — Das Magazin für Linux - BSD - UNIX</emphasis>
|
||||
(in German) Computer- und Literaturverlag GmbH, ISSN 1436-7033</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</appendix>
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
Local Variables:
|
||||
mode: sgml
|
||||
sgml-declaration: "../appendix.decl"
|
||||
sgml-indent-data: t
|
||||
sgml-omittag: nil
|
||||
sgml-always-quote-attributes: t
|
||||
sgml-parent-document: ("../book.sgml" "part" "appendix")
|
||||
End:
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
343
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/book.sgml
Normal file
343
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/book.sgml
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
|
|||
<!--
|
||||
The FreeBSD Polish Documentation Project
|
||||
|
||||
$FreeBSD$
|
||||
Original revision: 1.166
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE BOOK PUBLIC "-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook V4.1-Based Extension//EN" [
|
||||
<!ENTITY % books.ent PUBLIC "-//FreeBSD//ENTITIES DocBook FreeBSD Books Entity Set//EN">
|
||||
%books.ent;
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chapters SYSTEM "chapters.ent">
|
||||
%chapters;
|
||||
<!ENTITY % txtfiles SYSTEM "txtfiles.ent">
|
||||
%txtfiles;
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY % not.published "INCLUDE">
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.introduction "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.install "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.basics "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.ports "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.config "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.boot "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.users "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.kernelconfig "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.security "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.printing "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.disks "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.geom "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.vinum "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.x11 "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.l10n "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.multimedia "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.desktop "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.serialcomms "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.ppp-and-slip "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.advanced-networking "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.firewalls "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.network-servers "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.mail "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.cutting-edge "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.linuxemu "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.mirrors "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.bibliography "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.eresources "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.pgpkeys "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.index "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.freebsd-glossary "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.mac "IGNORE">
|
||||
<!ENTITY % chap.audit "IGNORE">
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY % pgpkeys SYSTEM "../../../share/pgpkeys/pgpkeys.ent"> %pgpkeys;
|
||||
]>
|
||||
|
||||
<book lang="pl">
|
||||
<bookinfo>
|
||||
<title>Podrêcznik FreeBSD</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<corpauthor>Projekt Dokumentacji FreeBSD</corpauthor>
|
||||
|
||||
<pubdate>Luty 1999</pubdate>
|
||||
|
||||
<copyright>
|
||||
<year>1995</year>
|
||||
<year>1996</year>
|
||||
<year>1997</year>
|
||||
<year>1998</year>
|
||||
<year>1999</year>
|
||||
<year>2000</year>
|
||||
<year>2001</year>
|
||||
<year>2002</year>
|
||||
<year>2003</year>
|
||||
<year>2004</year>
|
||||
<year>2005</year>
|
||||
<year>2006</year>
|
||||
<holder>Projekt Dokumentacji FreeBSD</holder>
|
||||
</copyright>
|
||||
|
||||
&bookinfo.legalnotice;
|
||||
|
||||
<legalnotice id="trademarks" role="trademarks">
|
||||
&tm-attrib.freebsd;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.3com;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.3ware;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.arm;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.adaptec;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.adobe;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.apple;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.corel;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.creative;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.cvsup;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.heidelberger;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.ibm;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.ieee;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.intel;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.intuit;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.linux;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.lsilogic;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.m-systems;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.macromedia;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.microsoft;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.netscape;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.nexthop;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.opengroup;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.oracle;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.powerquest;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.realnetworks;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.redhat;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.sap;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.sun;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.symantec;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.themathworks;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.thomson;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.usrobotics;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.vmware;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.waterloomaple;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.wolframresearch;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.xfree86;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.xiph;
|
||||
&tm-attrib.general;
|
||||
</legalnotice>
|
||||
|
||||
<abstract>
|
||||
<para>Witamy w ¶wiecie FreeBSD! Zadaniem niniejszego podrêcznika jest
|
||||
opisanie procesu instalacji i czynno¶ci zwi±zanych z codziennym
|
||||
u¿ytkowaniem systemu FreeBSD w wersji <emphasis>&rel2.current;-RELEASE</emphasis>
|
||||
oraz <emphasis>&rel.current;-RELEASE</emphasis>. Prace nad tym podrêcznikiem
|
||||
trwaj± <emphasis>ca³y czas</emphasis>. Stanowi on dzie³o wielu osób z
|
||||
ca³ego ¶wiata. Tym nie mniej mamy ¶wiadomo¶æ, i¿ wiele rozdzia³ów wci±¿
|
||||
nie zosta³o napisanych, a niektóre spo¶ród istniej±cych wymagaj± aktualizacji.
|
||||
Je¶li jeste¶ zainteresowany pomoc± w rozwoju projektu wy¶lij email na adres
|
||||
&a.pl.doc.d;. Najnowsza wersja anglojêzyczna niniejszego dokumentu jest
|
||||
zawsze dostêpna na <ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.FreeBSD.org/">stronie domowej FreeBSD</ulink>
|
||||
(wersje wcze¶niejsze dostêpne s± pod adresem <ulink
|
||||
url="http://docs.FreeBSD.org/doc/"></ulink>). Podrêcznik dostêpny jest
|
||||
równie¿ w innych formatach dokumentów oraz w postaci skompresowanej z <ulink
|
||||
url="ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/doc/">serwera FTP Projektu
|
||||
FreeBSD</ulink> b±d¼ jednego z wielu <link
|
||||
linkend="mirrors-ftp">serwerów lustrzanych</link>. Dla osób zainteresowanych,
|
||||
drukowan± wersjê podrêcznika (jêzyk ang.) mo¿na nabyæ wprost z witryny <ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.freebsdmall.com/">FreeBSD Mall</ulink>. Dostêpne jest
|
||||
równie¿ <ulink
|
||||
url="&url.base;/search/index.html">przeszukiwanie podrêcznika</ulink>.</para>
|
||||
</abstract>
|
||||
</bookinfo>
|
||||
|
||||
&chap.preface;
|
||||
|
||||
<part id="getting-started">
|
||||
<title>Pierwsze kroki</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<partintro>
|
||||
<para>Ta czê¶æ Podrêcznika FreeBSD adresowana jest do u¿ytkowników i
|
||||
administratorów, który nie mieli dotychczas kontaktu z systemem FreeBSD.
|
||||
Niniejsze rozdzia³y maj± za zadanie:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Zaprezentowaæ system FreeBSD.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Przeprowadziæ przez proces instalacji.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Nauczyæ podstaw systemu &unix;.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Pokazaæ jak zainstalowaæ programy innych autorów, dostêpne w ogromnej
|
||||
ilo¶ci dla systemu FreeBSD.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Przedstawiæ system X - system okien &unix;, oraz szczegó³owo wyja¶niæ
|
||||
jak prawid³owo skonfigurowaæ ¶rodowisko graficzne, tak by zwiêkszyæ
|
||||
efektywno¶æ swej pracy.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Starali¶my siê sprowadziæ liczbê odno¶ników wewn±trz tekstu do mo¿liwie
|
||||
najmniejszej, tak by zminimalizowaæ ilo¶æ <quote>przeskoków</quote> i u³atwiæ
|
||||
czytanie Podrêcznika od deski do deski.</para>
|
||||
</partintro>
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %chap.introduction; [ &chap.introduction; ]]>
|
||||
<![ %chap.install; [ &chap.install; ]]>
|
||||
<![ %chap.basics; [ &chap.basics; ]]>
|
||||
<![ %chap.ports; [ &chap.ports; ]]>
|
||||
<![ %chap.x11; [ &chap.x11; ]]>
|
||||
</part>
|
||||
|
||||
<part id="common-tasks">
|
||||
<title>Codzienne czynno¶ci</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<partintro>
|
||||
<para>Now that the basics have been covered, this part of the
|
||||
FreeBSD Handbook will discuss some frequently used features of
|
||||
FreeBSD. These chapters:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Introduce you to popular and useful desktop
|
||||
applications: browsers, productivity tools, document
|
||||
viewers, etc.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Introduce you to a number of multimedia tools
|
||||
available for FreeBSD.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Explain the process of building a customized FreeBSD
|
||||
kernel, to enable extra functionality on your system.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Describe the print system in detail, both for desktop
|
||||
and network-connected printer setups.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Show you how to run Linux applications on your FreeBSD
|
||||
system.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Some of these chapters recommend that you do some prior
|
||||
reading, and this is noted in the synopsis at the beginning of
|
||||
each chapter.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
</partintro>
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %chap.desktop; [ &chap.desktop; ]]>
|
||||
<![ %chap.multimedia; [ &chap.multimedia; ]]>
|
||||
<![ %chap.kernelconfig; [ &chap.kernelconfig; ]]>
|
||||
<![ %chap.printing; [ &chap.printing; ]]>
|
||||
<![ %chap.linuxemu; [ &chap.linuxemu; ]]>
|
||||
</part>
|
||||
|
||||
<part id="system-administration">
|
||||
<title>Administracja systemem</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<partintro>
|
||||
<para>The remaining chapters of the FreeBSD Handbook cover all
|
||||
aspects of FreeBSD system administration. Each chapter
|
||||
starts by describing what you will learn as a result of reading
|
||||
the chapter, and also details what you are expected to know
|
||||
before tackling the material.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>These chapters are designed to be read when
|
||||
you need the information. You do not have to read them in any
|
||||
particular order, nor do you need to read all of them before you
|
||||
can begin using FreeBSD.</para>
|
||||
</partintro>
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %chap.config; [ &chap.config; ]]>
|
||||
<![ %chap.boot; [ &chap.boot; ]]>
|
||||
<![ %chap.users; [ &chap.users; ]]>
|
||||
<![ %chap.security; [ &chap.security; ]]>
|
||||
<![ %chap.mac; [ &chap.mac; ]]>
|
||||
<![ %chap.audit; [ &chap.audit; ]]>
|
||||
<![ %chap.disks; [ &chap.disks; ]]>
|
||||
<![ %chap.geom; [ &chap.geom; ]]>
|
||||
<![ %chap.vinum; [ &chap.vinum; ]]>
|
||||
<![ %chap.l10n; [ &chap.l10n; ]]>
|
||||
<![ %chap.cutting-edge; [ &chap.cutting-edge; ]]>
|
||||
</part>
|
||||
|
||||
<part id="network-communication">
|
||||
<title>Komunikacja sieciowa</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<partintro>
|
||||
<para>FreeBSD is one of the most widely deployed operating
|
||||
systems for high performance network servers. The chapters in
|
||||
this part cover:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Serial communication</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>PPP and PPP over Ethernet</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Electronic Mail</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Running Network Servers</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Firewalls</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Other Advanced Networking Topics</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>These chapters are designed to be read when
|
||||
you need the information. You do not have to read them in any
|
||||
particular order, nor do you need to read all of them before you
|
||||
can begin using FreeBSD in a network environment.</para>
|
||||
</partintro>
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %chap.serialcomms; [ &chap.serialcomms; ]]>
|
||||
<![ %chap.ppp-and-slip; [ &chap.ppp-and-slip; ]]>
|
||||
<![ %chap.mail; [ &chap.mail; ]]>
|
||||
<![ %chap.network-servers; [ &chap.network-servers; ]]>
|
||||
<![ %chap.firewalls; [ &chap.firewalls; ]]>
|
||||
<![ %chap.advanced-networking; [ &chap.advanced-networking; ]]>
|
||||
|
||||
</part>
|
||||
|
||||
<part id="appendices">
|
||||
<title>Dodatki</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %chap.mirrors; [ &chap.mirrors; ]]>
|
||||
<![ %chap.bibliography; [ &chap.bibliography; ]]>
|
||||
<![ %chap.eresources; [ &chap.eresources; ]]>
|
||||
<![ %chap.pgpkeys; [ &chap.pgpkeys; ]]>
|
||||
</part>
|
||||
<![ %chap.freebsd-glossary; [ &bookinfo.freebsd-glossary; ]]>
|
||||
<![ %chap.index; [ &chap.index; ]]>
|
||||
&chap.colophon;
|
||||
</book>
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
Local Variables:
|
||||
mode: sgml
|
||||
sgml-indent-data: t
|
||||
sgml-omittag: nil
|
||||
sgml-always-quote-attributes: t
|
||||
End:
|
||||
-->
|
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/boot/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/boot/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= boot/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
820
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/boot/chapter.sgml
Normal file
820
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/boot/chapter.sgml
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,820 @@
|
|||
<!--
|
||||
The FreeBSD Documentation Project
|
||||
|
||||
$FreeBSD$
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="boot">
|
||||
<title>The FreeBSD Booting Process</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="boot-synopsis">
|
||||
<title>Synopsis</title>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>booting</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>bootstrap</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The process of starting a computer and loading the operating system
|
||||
is referred to as <quote>the bootstrap process</quote>, or simply
|
||||
<quote>booting</quote>. FreeBSD's boot process provides a great deal of
|
||||
flexibility in customizing what happens when you start the system,
|
||||
allowing you to select from different operating systems installed on the
|
||||
same computer, or even different versions of the same operating system
|
||||
or installed kernel.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>This chapter details the configuration options you can set and how
|
||||
to customize the FreeBSD boot process. This includes everything that
|
||||
happens until the FreeBSD kernel has started, probed for devices, and
|
||||
started &man.init.8;. If you are not quite sure when this happens, it
|
||||
occurs when the text color changes from bright white to grey.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>After reading this chapter, you will know:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>What the components of the FreeBSD bootstrap system are, and how
|
||||
they interact.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The options you can give to the components in the FreeBSD
|
||||
bootstrap to control the boot process.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The basics of &man.device.hints.5;.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
||||
<note>
|
||||
<title>x86 Only</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>This chapter only describes the boot process for FreeBSD running
|
||||
on Intel x86 systems.</para>
|
||||
</note>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="boot-introduction">
|
||||
<title>The Booting Problem</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Turning on a computer and starting the operating system poses an
|
||||
interesting dilemma. By definition, the computer does not know how to
|
||||
do anything until the operating system is started. This includes
|
||||
running programs from the disk. So if the computer can not run a
|
||||
program from the disk without the operating system, and the operating
|
||||
system programs are on the disk, how is the operating system
|
||||
started?</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>This problem parallels one in the book <citetitle>The Adventures of
|
||||
Baron Munchausen</citetitle>. A character had fallen part way down a
|
||||
manhole, and pulled himself out by grabbing his bootstraps, and
|
||||
lifting. In the early days of computing the term
|
||||
<firstterm>bootstrap</firstterm> was applied to the mechanism used to
|
||||
load the operating system, which has become shortened to
|
||||
<quote>booting</quote>.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>BIOS</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Basic Input/Output System</primary><see>BIOS</see></indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>On x86 hardware the Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) is responsible
|
||||
for loading the operating system. To do this, the BIOS looks on the
|
||||
hard disk for the Master Boot Record (MBR), which must be located on a
|
||||
specific place on the disk. The BIOS has enough knowledge to load and
|
||||
run the MBR, and assumes that the MBR can then carry out the rest of the
|
||||
tasks involved in loading the operating system,
|
||||
possibly with the help of the BIOS.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Master Boot Record (MBR)</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Boot Manager</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Boot Loader</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The code within the MBR is usually referred to as a <emphasis>boot
|
||||
manager</emphasis>, especially when it interacts with the user. In this case
|
||||
the boot manager usually has more code in the first
|
||||
<emphasis>track</emphasis> of the disk or within some OS's file system. (A
|
||||
boot manager is sometimes also called a <emphasis>boot loader</emphasis>,
|
||||
but FreeBSD uses that term for a later stage of booting.) Popular boot
|
||||
managers include <application>boot0</application> (a.k.a. <application>Boot
|
||||
Easy</application>, the standard &os; boot manager),
|
||||
<application>Grub</application>, <application>GAG</application>, and
|
||||
<application>LILO</application>.
|
||||
(Only <application>boot0</application> fits within the MBR.)</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>If you have only one operating system installed on your disks then
|
||||
a standard PC MBR will suffice. This MBR searches for the first bootable
|
||||
(a.k.a. active) slice on the disk, and then runs the code on that slice to
|
||||
load the remainder of the operating system. The MBR installed by
|
||||
&man.fdisk.8;, by default, is such an MBR. It is based on
|
||||
<filename>/boot/mbr</filename>.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>If you have installed multiple operating systems on your disks then
|
||||
you can install a different boot manager, one that can display a list of
|
||||
different operating systems, and allows you to choose the one to boot
|
||||
from. Two of these are discussed in the next subsection.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The remainder of the FreeBSD bootstrap system is divided into three
|
||||
stages. The first stage is run by the MBR, which knows just enough to
|
||||
get the computer into a specific state and run the second stage. The
|
||||
second stage can do a little bit more, before running the third stage.
|
||||
The third stage finishes the task of loading the operating system. The
|
||||
work is split into these three stages because the PC standards put
|
||||
limits on the size of the programs that can be run at stages one and
|
||||
two. Chaining the tasks together allows FreeBSD to provide a more
|
||||
flexible loader.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>kernel</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary><command>init</command></primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The kernel is then started and it begins to probe for devices
|
||||
and initialize them for use. Once the kernel boot
|
||||
process is finished, the kernel passes control to the user process
|
||||
&man.init.8;, which then makes sure the disks are in a usable state.
|
||||
&man.init.8; then starts the user-level resource configuration which
|
||||
mounts file systems, sets up network cards to communicate on the
|
||||
network, and generally starts all the processes that usually
|
||||
are run on a FreeBSD system at startup.</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="boot-blocks">
|
||||
<title>The Boot Manager and Boot Stages</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Boot Manager</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2 id="boot-boot0">
|
||||
<title>The Boot Manager</title>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Master Boot Record (MBR)</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The code in the MBR or boot manager is sometimes referred to as
|
||||
<emphasis>stage zero</emphasis> of the boot process. This subsection
|
||||
discusses two of the boot managers previously mentioned:
|
||||
<application>boot0</application> and <application>LILO</application>.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<formalpara><title>The <application>boot0</application> Boot Manager:</title>
|
||||
<para>The MBR installed by FreeBSD's installer or &man.boot0cfg.8;, by
|
||||
default, is based on <filename>/boot/boot0</filename>.
|
||||
(The <application>boot0</application> program is very simple, since the
|
||||
program in the <abbrev>MBR</abbrev> can only be 446 bytes long because of the slice
|
||||
table and <literal>0x55AA</literal> identifier at the end of the MBR.)
|
||||
If you have installed <application>boot0</application> and
|
||||
multiple operating systems on your hard disks, then you will see a
|
||||
display similar to this one at boot time:</para></formalpara>
|
||||
|
||||
<example id="boot-boot0-example">
|
||||
<title><filename>boot0</filename> Screenshot</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>F1 DOS
|
||||
F2 FreeBSD
|
||||
F3 Linux
|
||||
F4 ??
|
||||
F5 Drive 1
|
||||
|
||||
Default: F2</screen>
|
||||
</example>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Other operating systems, in particular &windows;, have been known
|
||||
to overwrite an existing MBR with their own. If this happens to you,
|
||||
or you want to replace your existing MBR with the FreeBSD MBR then use
|
||||
the following command:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>fdisk -B -b /boot/boot0 <replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>where <replaceable>device</replaceable> is the device that you
|
||||
boot from, such as <devicename>ad0</devicename> for the first IDE
|
||||
disk, <devicename>ad2</devicename> for the first IDE disk on a second
|
||||
IDE controller, <devicename>da0</devicename> for the first SCSI disk,
|
||||
and so on. Or, if you want a custom configuration of the MBR,
|
||||
use &man.boot0cfg.8;.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<formalpara><title>The LILO Boot Manager:</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>To install this boot manager so it will also boot FreeBSD, first
|
||||
start Linux and add the following to your existing
|
||||
<filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> configuration file:</para></formalpara>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>other=/dev/hdXY
|
||||
table=/dev/hdX
|
||||
loader=/boot/chain.b
|
||||
label=FreeBSD</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>In the above, specify FreeBSD's primary partition and drive using
|
||||
Linux specifiers, replacing <replaceable>X</replaceable> with the Linux
|
||||
drive letter and <replaceable>Y</replaceable> with the Linux primary
|
||||
partition number. If you are using a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> drive, you
|
||||
will need to change <replaceable>/dev/hd</replaceable> to read something
|
||||
similar to <replaceable>/dev/sd</replaceable>. The
|
||||
<option>loader=/boot/chain.b</option> line can be omitted if you have
|
||||
both operating systems on the same drive. Now run
|
||||
<command>/sbin/lilo -v</command> to commit your new changes to the
|
||||
system; this should be verified by checking its screen messages.</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2 id="boot-boot1">
|
||||
<title>Stage One, <filename>/boot/boot1</filename>, and Stage Two,
|
||||
<filename>/boot/boot2</filename></title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Conceptually the first and second stages are part of the same
|
||||
program, on the same area of the disk. Because of space constraints
|
||||
they have been split into two, but you would always install them
|
||||
together. They are copied from the combined file
|
||||
<filename>/boot/boot</filename> by the installer or
|
||||
<application>bsdlabel</application> (see below).</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>They are located outside file systems, in the first track of
|
||||
the boot slice, starting with the first sector. This is where <link
|
||||
linkend="boot-boot0">boot0</link>, or any other boot manager,
|
||||
expects to find a program to run which will
|
||||
continue the boot process. The number of sectors used is easily
|
||||
determined from the size of <filename>/boot/boot</filename>.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para><filename>boot1</filename> is very simple, since it
|
||||
can only be 512 bytes
|
||||
in size, and knows just enough about the FreeBSD
|
||||
<firstterm>bsdlabel</firstterm>, which stores information
|
||||
about the slice, to find and execute <filename>boot2</filename>.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para><filename>boot2</filename> is slightly more sophisticated, and understands
|
||||
the FreeBSD file system enough to find files on it, and can
|
||||
provide a simple interface to choose the kernel or loader to
|
||||
run.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Since the <link linkend="boot-loader">loader</link> is
|
||||
much more sophisticated, and provides a nice easy-to-use
|
||||
boot configuration, <filename>boot2</filename> usually runs
|
||||
it, but previously it
|
||||
was tasked to run the kernel directly.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<example id="boot-boot2-example">
|
||||
<title><filename>boot2</filename> Screenshot</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>>> FreeBSD/i386 BOOT
|
||||
Default: 0:ad(0,a)/boot/loader
|
||||
boot:</screen>
|
||||
</example>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>If you ever need to replace the installed
|
||||
<filename>boot1</filename> and <filename>boot2</filename> use
|
||||
&man.bsdlabel.8;:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>bsdlabel -B <replaceable>diskslice</replaceable></userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>where <replaceable>diskslice</replaceable> is the disk and slice
|
||||
you boot from, such as <devicename>ad0s1</devicename> for the first
|
||||
slice on the first IDE disk.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<warning>
|
||||
<title>Dangerously Dedicated Mode</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>If you use just the disk name, such as
|
||||
<devicename>ad0</devicename>, in the &man.bsdlabel.8; command you
|
||||
will create a dangerously dedicated disk, without slices. This is
|
||||
almost certainly not what you want to do, so make sure you double
|
||||
check the &man.bsdlabel.8; command before you press
|
||||
<keycap>Return</keycap>.</para>
|
||||
</warning>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2 id="boot-loader">
|
||||
<title>Stage Three, <filename>/boot/loader</filename></title>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>boot-loader</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<para>The loader is the final stage of the three-stage
|
||||
bootstrap, and is located on the file system, usually as
|
||||
<filename>/boot/loader</filename>.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The loader is intended as a user-friendly method for
|
||||
configuration, using an easy-to-use built-in command set,
|
||||
backed up by a more powerful interpreter, with a more complex
|
||||
command set.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect3 id="boot-loader-flow">
|
||||
<title>Loader Program Flow</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>During initialization, the loader will probe for a
|
||||
console and for disks, and figure out what disk it is
|
||||
booting from. It will set variables accordingly, and an
|
||||
interpreter is started where user commands can be passed from
|
||||
a script or interactively.</para>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>loader</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>loader configuration</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The loader will then read
|
||||
<filename>/boot/loader.rc</filename>, which by default reads
|
||||
in <filename>/boot/defaults/loader.conf</filename> which
|
||||
sets reasonable defaults for variables and reads
|
||||
<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> for local changes to
|
||||
those variables. <filename>loader.rc</filename> then acts
|
||||
on these variables, loading whichever modules and kernel are
|
||||
selected.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Finally, by default, the loader issues a 10 second wait
|
||||
for key presses, and boots the kernel if it is not interrupted.
|
||||
If interrupted, the user is presented with a prompt which
|
||||
understands the easy-to-use command set, where the user may
|
||||
adjust variables, unload all modules, load modules, and then
|
||||
finally boot or reboot.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect3 id="boot-loader-commands">
|
||||
<title>Loader Built-In Commands</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>These are the most commonly used loader commands. For a
|
||||
complete discussion of all available commands, please see
|
||||
&man.loader.8;.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>autoboot <replaceable>seconds</replaceable></term>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Proceeds to boot the kernel if not interrupted
|
||||
within the time span given, in seconds. It displays a
|
||||
countdown, and the default time span is 10
|
||||
seconds.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>boot
|
||||
<optional><replaceable>-options</replaceable></optional>
|
||||
<optional><replaceable>kernelname</replaceable></optional></term>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Immediately proceeds to boot the kernel, with the
|
||||
given options, if any, and with the kernel name given,
|
||||
if it is.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>boot-conf</term>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Goes through the same automatic configuration of
|
||||
modules based on variables as what happens at boot.
|
||||
This only makes sense if you use
|
||||
<command>unload</command> first, and change some
|
||||
variables, most commonly <envar>kernel</envar>.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>help
|
||||
<optional><replaceable>topic</replaceable></optional></term>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Shows help messages read from
|
||||
<filename>/boot/loader.help</filename>. If the topic
|
||||
given is <literal>index</literal>, then the list of
|
||||
available topics is given.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>include <replaceable>filename</replaceable>
|
||||
…</term>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Processes the file with the given filename. The
|
||||
file is read in, and interpreted line by line. An
|
||||
error immediately stops the include command.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>load <optional><option>-t</option>
|
||||
<replaceable>type</replaceable></optional>
|
||||
<replaceable>filename</replaceable></term>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Loads the kernel, kernel module, or file of the
|
||||
type given, with the filename given. Any arguments
|
||||
after filename are passed to the file.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>ls <optional><option>-l</option></optional>
|
||||
<optional><replaceable>path</replaceable></optional></term>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Displays a listing of files in the given path, or
|
||||
the root directory, if the path is not specified. If
|
||||
<option>-l</option> is specified, file sizes will be
|
||||
shown too.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>lsdev <optional><option>-v</option></optional></term>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Lists all of the devices from which it may be
|
||||
possible to load modules. If <option>-v</option> is
|
||||
specified, more details are printed.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>lsmod <optional><option>-v</option></optional></term>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Displays loaded modules. If <option>-v</option> is
|
||||
specified, more details are shown.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>more <replaceable>filename</replaceable></term>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Displays the files specified, with a pause at each
|
||||
<varname>LINES</varname> displayed.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>reboot</term>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Immediately reboots the system.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>set <replaceable>variable</replaceable></term>
|
||||
<term>set
|
||||
<replaceable>variable</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable></term>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Sets the loader's environment variables.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>unload</term>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Removes all loaded modules.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect3 id="boot-loader-examples">
|
||||
<title>Loader Examples</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Here are some practical examples of loader usage:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>single-user mode</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>To simply boot your usual kernel, but in single-user
|
||||
mode:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen><userinput>boot -s</userinput></screen>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>To unload your usual kernel and modules, and then
|
||||
load just your old (or another) kernel:</para>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary><filename>kernel.old</filename></primary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen><userinput>unload</userinput>
|
||||
<userinput>load <replaceable>kernel.old</replaceable></userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>You can use <filename>kernel.GENERIC</filename> to
|
||||
refer to the generic kernel that comes on the install
|
||||
disk, or <filename>kernel.old</filename> to refer to
|
||||
your previously installed kernel (when you have upgraded
|
||||
or configured your own kernel, for example).</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<note>
|
||||
<para>Use the following to load your usual modules with
|
||||
another kernel:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen><userinput>unload</userinput>
|
||||
<userinput>set kernel="<replaceable>kernel.old</replaceable>"</userinput>
|
||||
<userinput>boot-conf</userinput></screen></note>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>To load a kernel configuration script (an automated
|
||||
script which does the things you would normally do in the
|
||||
kernel boot-time configurator):</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen><userinput>load -t userconfig_script <replaceable>/boot/kernel.conf</replaceable></userinput></screen>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="boot-kernel">
|
||||
<title>Kernel Interaction During Boot</title>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>kernel</primary>
|
||||
<secondary>boot interaction</secondary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Once the kernel is loaded by either <link
|
||||
linkend="boot-loader">loader</link> (as usual) or <link
|
||||
linkend="boot-boot1">boot2</link> (bypassing the loader), it
|
||||
examines its boot flags, if any, and adjusts its behavior as
|
||||
necessary.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2 id="boot-kernel-bootflags">
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>kernel</primary>
|
||||
<secondary>bootflags</secondary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<title>Kernel Boot Flags</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Here are the more common boot flags:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<variablelist id="boot-kernel-bootflags-list">
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><option>-a</option></term>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>during kernel initialization, ask for the device
|
||||
to mount as the root file system.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><option>-C</option></term>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>boot from CDROM.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><option>-c</option></term>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>run UserConfig, the boot-time kernel
|
||||
configurator</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><option>-s</option></term>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>boot into single-user mode</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><option>-v</option></term>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>be more verbose during kernel startup</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
|
||||
<note>
|
||||
<para>There are other boot flags, read &man.boot.8; for more
|
||||
information on them.</para></note>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- <sect2 id="boot-kernel-userconfig">
|
||||
<title>UserConfig: the Boot-time Kernel Configurator</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para> </para>
|
||||
</sect2> -->
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="device-hints">
|
||||
<sect1info>
|
||||
<authorgroup>
|
||||
<author>
|
||||
<firstname>Tom</firstname>
|
||||
<surname>Rhodes</surname>
|
||||
<contrib>Contributed by </contrib>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
</authorgroup>
|
||||
<!-- 18 OCT 2002 -->
|
||||
</sect1info>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>device.hints</primary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<title>Device Hints</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<note><para>This is a FreeBSD 5.0 and later feature which does not
|
||||
exist in earlier versions.</para></note>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>During initial system startup, the boot &man.loader.8; will read the
|
||||
&man.device.hints.5; file. This file stores kernel boot information
|
||||
known as variables, sometimes referred to as <quote>device hints</quote>.
|
||||
These <quote>device hints</quote> are used by device drivers for device
|
||||
configuration.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Device hints may also be specified at the <link linkend="boot-loader">
|
||||
Stage 3 boot loader</link> prompt. Variables can be added using
|
||||
<command>set</command>, removed with <command>unset</command>, and viewed
|
||||
with the <command>show</command> commands. Variables set in the
|
||||
<filename>/boot/device.hints</filename> file can be overridden here also. Device hints entered at
|
||||
the boot loader are not permanent and will be forgotten on the next
|
||||
reboot.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Once the system is booted, the &man.kenv.1; command can be used to
|
||||
dump all of the variables.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The syntax for the <filename>/boot/device.hints</filename> file is one variable per line, using
|
||||
the standard hash <quote>#</quote> as comment markers. Lines are
|
||||
constructed as follows:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen><userinput>hint.driver.unit.keyword="<replaceable>value</replaceable>"</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The syntax for the Stage 3 boot loader is:</para>
|
||||
<screen><userinput>set hint.driver.unit.keyword=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<para><literal>driver</literal> is the device driver name, <literal>unit</literal>
|
||||
is the device driver unit number, and <literal>keyword</literal> is the hint
|
||||
keyword. The keyword may consist of the following options:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><literal>at</literal>: specifies the bus which the device is attached to.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><literal>port</literal>: specifies the start address of the <acronym>I/O</acronym>
|
||||
to be used.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><literal>irq</literal>: specifies the interrupt request number to be used.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><literal>drq</literal>: specifies the DMA channel number.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><literal>maddr</literal>: specifies the physical memory address occupied by the
|
||||
device.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><literal>flags</literal>: sets various flag bits for the device.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><literal>disabled</literal>: if set to <literal>1</literal> the device is disabled.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Device drivers may accept (or require) more hints not listed here, viewing
|
||||
their manual page is recommended. For more information, consult the
|
||||
&man.device.hints.5;, &man.kenv.1;, &man.loader.conf.5;, and &man.loader.8;
|
||||
manual pages.</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="boot-init">
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary><command>init</command></primary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<title>Init: Process Control Initialization</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Once the kernel has finished booting, it passes control to
|
||||
the user process &man.init.8;, which is located at
|
||||
<filename>/sbin/init</filename>, or the program path specified
|
||||
in the <envar>init_path</envar> variable in
|
||||
<command>loader</command>.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2 id="boot-autoreboot">
|
||||
<title>Automatic Reboot Sequence</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The automatic reboot sequence makes sure that the
|
||||
file systems available on the system are consistent. If they
|
||||
are not, and &man.fsck.8; cannot fix the
|
||||
inconsistencies, &man.init.8; drops the system
|
||||
into <link linkend="boot-singleuser">single-user mode</link>
|
||||
for the system administrator to take care of the problems
|
||||
directly.</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2 id="boot-singleuser">
|
||||
<title>Single-User Mode</title>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>single-user mode</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>console</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>This mode can be reached through the <link
|
||||
linkend="boot-autoreboot">automatic reboot
|
||||
sequence</link>, or by the user booting with the
|
||||
<option>-s</option> option or setting the
|
||||
<envar>boot_single</envar> variable in
|
||||
<command>loader</command>.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>It can also be reached by calling
|
||||
&man.shutdown.8; without the reboot
|
||||
(<option>-r</option>) or halt (<option>-h</option>) options,
|
||||
from <link linkend="boot-multiuser">multi-user
|
||||
mode</link>.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>If the system <literal>console</literal> is set
|
||||
to <literal>insecure</literal> in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>,
|
||||
then the system prompts for the <username>root</username> password
|
||||
before initiating single-user mode.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<example id="boot-insecure-console">
|
||||
<title>An Insecure Console in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename></title>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting># name getty type status comments
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If console is marked "insecure", then init will ask for the root password
|
||||
# when going to single-user mode.
|
||||
console none unknown off insecure</programlisting>
|
||||
</example>
|
||||
|
||||
<note>
|
||||
<para>An <literal>insecure</literal> console means that you
|
||||
consider your physical security to the console to be
|
||||
insecure, and want to make sure only someone who knows the
|
||||
<username>root</username> password may use single-user mode, and it
|
||||
does not mean that you want to run your console insecurely. Thus,
|
||||
if you want security, choose <literal>insecure</literal>,
|
||||
not <literal>secure</literal>.</para>
|
||||
</note>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2 id="boot-multiuser">
|
||||
<title>Multi-User Mode</title>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>multi-user mode</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>If &man.init.8; finds your file systems to be
|
||||
in order, or once the user has finished in <link
|
||||
linkend="boot-singleuser">single-user mode</link>, the
|
||||
system enters multi-user mode, in which it starts the
|
||||
resource configuration of the system.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect3 id="boot-rc">
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>rc files</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<title>Resource Configuration (rc)</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The resource configuration system reads in
|
||||
configuration defaults from
|
||||
<filename>/etc/defaults/rc.conf</filename>, and
|
||||
system-specific details from
|
||||
<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, and then proceeds to
|
||||
mount the system file systems mentioned in
|
||||
<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, start up networking
|
||||
services, start up miscellaneous system daemons, and
|
||||
finally runs the startup scripts of locally installed
|
||||
packages.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The &man.rc.8; manual page is a good reference to the resource
|
||||
configuration system, as is examining the scripts
|
||||
themselves.</para>
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="boot-shutdown">
|
||||
<title>Shutdown Sequence</title>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary><command>shutdown</command></primary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Upon controlled shutdown, via &man.shutdown.8;,
|
||||
&man.init.8; will attempt to run the script
|
||||
<filename>/etc/rc.shutdown</filename>, and then proceed to send
|
||||
all processes the <literal>TERM</literal> signal, and subsequently
|
||||
the <literal>KILL</literal> signal to any that do not terminate
|
||||
timely.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>To power down a FreeBSD machine on architectures and systems
|
||||
that support power management, simply use the command
|
||||
<command>shutdown -p now</command> to turn the power off
|
||||
immediately. To just reboot a FreeBSD system, just use
|
||||
<command>shutdown -r now</command>. You need to be
|
||||
<username>root</username> or a member of
|
||||
<groupname>operator</groupname> group to run &man.shutdown.8;.
|
||||
The &man.halt.8; and &man.reboot.8; commands can also be used,
|
||||
please refer to their manual pages and to &man.shutdown.8;'s one
|
||||
for more information.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<note>
|
||||
<para>Power management requires &man.acpi.4; support in the kernel
|
||||
or loaded as module for.</para>
|
||||
</note>
|
||||
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
Local Variables:
|
||||
mode: sgml
|
||||
sgml-declaration: "../chapter.decl"
|
||||
sgml-indent-data: t
|
||||
sgml-omittag: nil
|
||||
sgml-always-quote-attributes: t
|
||||
sgml-parent-document: ("../book.sgml" "part" "chapter")
|
||||
End:
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
2
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/chapter.decl
Normal file
2
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/chapter.decl
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
|||
<!-- $FreeBSD$ -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook V4.1-Based Extension//EN">
|
60
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/chapters.ent
Normal file
60
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/chapters.ent
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
|
|||
<!--
|
||||
Creates entities for each chapter in the FreeBSD Handbook. Each entity
|
||||
is named chap.foo, where foo is the value of the id attribute on that
|
||||
chapter, and corresponds to the name of the directory in which that
|
||||
chapter's .sgml file is stored.
|
||||
|
||||
Chapters should be listed in the order in which they are referenced.
|
||||
|
||||
$FreeBSD$
|
||||
Original revision: 1.35
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.preface SYSTEM "preface/preface.sgml">
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Part one -->
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.introduction SYSTEM "introduction/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.install SYSTEM "install/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.basics SYSTEM "basics/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.ports SYSTEM "ports/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.x11 SYSTEM "x11/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Part two -->
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.desktop SYSTEM "desktop/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.multimedia SYSTEM "multimedia/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.kernelconfig SYSTEM "kernelconfig/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.printing SYSTEM "printing/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.linuxemu SYSTEM "linuxemu/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Part three -->
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.config SYSTEM "config/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.boot SYSTEM "boot/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.users SYSTEM "users/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.security SYSTEM "security/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.mac SYSTEM "mac/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.audit SYSTEM "audit/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.disks SYSTEM "disks/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.geom SYSTEM "geom/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.vinum SYSTEM "vinum/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.l10n SYSTEM "l10n/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.cutting-edge SYSTEM "cutting-edge/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Part four -->
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.serialcomms SYSTEM "serialcomms/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.ppp-and-slip SYSTEM "ppp-and-slip/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.mail SYSTEM "mail/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.network-servers SYSTEM "network-servers/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.firewalls SYSTEM "firewalls/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.advanced-networking SYSTEM "advanced-networking/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Part five (appendices) -->
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.mirrors SYSTEM "mirrors/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.mirrors.ftp.inc SYSTEM "mirrors.sgml.ftp.inc">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.mirrors.cvsup.inc SYSTEM "mirrors.sgml.cvsup.inc">
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.bibliography SYSTEM "bibliography/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.eresources SYSTEM "eresources/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.eresources.www.inc SYSTEM "eresources.sgml.www.inc">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.pgpkeys SYSTEM "pgpkeys/chapter.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.index SYSTEM "index.sgml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY chap.colophon SYSTEM "colophon.sgml">
|
30
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/colophon.sgml
Normal file
30
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/colophon.sgml
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
|
|||
<!--
|
||||
The FreeBSD Polish Documentation Project
|
||||
|
||||
$FreeBSD$
|
||||
Original revision: 1.9
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<colophon id='colophon'>
|
||||
<para>Niniejsza ksi±¿ka jest dzie³em setek osób z <quote>Projektu
|
||||
Dokumentacji FreeBSD</quote>. Tekst jest przygotowywany w jêzyku
|
||||
SGML zgodnie ze standardem DocBook DTD, a nastêpnie konwertowany do
|
||||
ca³ej rzeszy innych formatów za pomoc± modu³u DSSSL
|
||||
<application>Jade</application>. Instrukcje formatowania tekstu
|
||||
zosta³y przygotowane przy wykorzystaniu arkuszy styli DSSSL Norma
|
||||
Walsha. Przygotowanie wersji do wydruku nie by³oby mo¿liwe gdyby nie
|
||||
jêzyk sk³adu tekstu <application>&tex;</application> Donalda Knutha,
|
||||
<application>LaTeX</application> Lesliego Lamporta, czy makra
|
||||
<application>JadeTeX</application> Sebastiana Rahtza.</para>
|
||||
</colophon>
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
Local Variables:
|
||||
mode: sgml
|
||||
sgml-declaration: "chapter.decl"
|
||||
sgml-indent-data: t
|
||||
sgml-omittag: nil
|
||||
sgml-always-quote-attributes: t
|
||||
sgml-parent-document: ("book.sgml" "part" "chapter")
|
||||
End:
|
||||
-->
|
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/config/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/config/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= config/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
3223
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/config/chapter.sgml
Normal file
3223
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/config/chapter.sgml
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/cutting-edge/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/cutting-edge/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= cutting-edge/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
1732
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/cutting-edge/chapter.sgml
Normal file
1732
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/cutting-edge/chapter.sgml
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/desktop/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/desktop/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= desktop/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
1117
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/desktop/chapter.sgml
Normal file
1117
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/desktop/chapter.sgml
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/disks/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/disks/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= disks/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
4061
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/disks/chapter.sgml
Normal file
4061
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/disks/chapter.sgml
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/eresources/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/eresources/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= eresources/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
1781
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/eresources/chapter.sgml
Normal file
1781
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/eresources/chapter.sgml
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/firewalls/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/firewalls/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= firewalls/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
3339
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/firewalls/chapter.sgml
Normal file
3339
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/firewalls/chapter.sgml
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/geom/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/geom/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= geom/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
466
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/geom/chapter.sgml
Normal file
466
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/geom/chapter.sgml
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,466 @@
|
|||
<!--
|
||||
The FreeBSD Documentation Project
|
||||
$FreeBSD$
|
||||
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="GEOM">
|
||||
<chapterinfo>
|
||||
<authorgroup>
|
||||
<author>
|
||||
<firstname>Tom</firstname>
|
||||
<surname>Rhodes</surname>
|
||||
<contrib>Written by </contrib>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
</authorgroup>
|
||||
</chapterinfo>
|
||||
|
||||
<title>GEOM: Modular Disk Transformation Framework</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="GEOM-synopsis">
|
||||
<title>Synopsis</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>GEOM</primary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>GEOM Disk Framework</primary>
|
||||
<see>GEOM</see>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>This chapter covers the use of disks under the GEOM
|
||||
framework in &os;. This includes the major <acronym
|
||||
role="Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks">RAID</acronym>
|
||||
control utilities which use the framework for configuration.
|
||||
This chapter will not go into in depth discussion on how GEOM
|
||||
handles or controls I/O, the underlying subsystem, or code.
|
||||
This information is provided through the &man.geom.4; manual
|
||||
page and its various SEE ALSO references. This chapter is also
|
||||
not a definitive guide to <acronym>RAID</acronym>
|
||||
configurations. Only GEOM-supported <acronym>RAID</acronym>
|
||||
classifications will be discussed.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>After reading this chapter, you will know:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>What type of <acronym>RAID</acronym> support is available
|
||||
through GEOM.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>How to use the base utilities to configure, maintain,
|
||||
and manipulate the various <acronym>RAID</acronym>
|
||||
levels.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>How to mirror, stripe, encrypt, and remotely connect disk
|
||||
devices through GEOM.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>How to troubleshoot disks attached to the GEOM
|
||||
framework.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Before reading this chapter, you should:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Understand how &os; treats disk devices
|
||||
(<xref linkend="disks">).</para>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Know how to configure and install a new &os; kernel
|
||||
(<xref linkend="kernelconfig">).</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="GEOM-intro">
|
||||
<title>GEOM Introduction</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>GEOM permits access and control to classes — Master Boot
|
||||
Records, <acronym>BSD</acronym> labels, etc — through the
|
||||
use of providers, or the special files in
|
||||
<filename role="directory">/dev</filename>. Supporting various
|
||||
software <acronym>RAID</acronym> configurations, GEOM will
|
||||
transparently provide access to the operating system and
|
||||
operating system utilities.</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="GEOM-striping">
|
||||
<sect1info>
|
||||
<authorgroup>
|
||||
<author>
|
||||
<firstname>Tom</firstname>
|
||||
<surname>Rhodes</surname>
|
||||
<contrib>Written by </contrib>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
<author>
|
||||
<firstname>Murray</firstname>
|
||||
<surname>Stokely</surname>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
</authorgroup>
|
||||
</sect1info>
|
||||
|
||||
<title>RAID0 - Striping</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>GEOM</primary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>Striping</primary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Striping is a method used to combine several disk drives into
|
||||
a single volume. In many cases, this is done through the use of
|
||||
hardware controllers. The GEOM disk subsystem provides
|
||||
software support for <acronym>RAID</acronym>0, also known as
|
||||
disk striping.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>In a <acronym>RAID</acronym>0 system, data are split up in
|
||||
blocks that get written across all the drives in the array.
|
||||
Instead of having to wait on the system to write 256k to one
|
||||
disk, a <acronym>RAID</acronym>0 system can simultaneously write
|
||||
64k to each of four different disks, offering superior I/O
|
||||
performance. This performance can be enhanced further by using
|
||||
multiple disk controllers.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Each disk in a <acronym>RAID</acronym>0 stripe must be of
|
||||
the same size, since I/O requests are interleaved to read or
|
||||
write to multiple disks in parallel.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<mediaobject>
|
||||
<imageobject>
|
||||
<imagedata fileref="geom/striping" align="center">
|
||||
</imageobject>
|
||||
|
||||
<textobject>
|
||||
<phrase>Disk Striping Illustration</phrase>
|
||||
</textobject>
|
||||
</mediaobject>
|
||||
|
||||
<procedure>
|
||||
<title>Creating a stripe of unformatted ATA disks</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<step><para>Load the <filename>geom_stripe</filename>
|
||||
module:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>kldload geom_stripe.ko</userinput></screen>
|
||||
</step>
|
||||
|
||||
<step><para>Ensure that a suitable mount point exists. If this
|
||||
volume will become a root partition, then temporarily use
|
||||
another mount point such as <filename
|
||||
role="directory">/mnt</filename>:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>mkdir /mnt</userinput></screen>
|
||||
</step>
|
||||
|
||||
<step><para>Determine the device names for the disks which will
|
||||
be striped, and create the new stripe device. For example,
|
||||
the following command could be used to stripe two unused,
|
||||
unpartitioned <acronym>ATA</acronym> disks:
|
||||
<filename>/dev/ad2</filename> and
|
||||
<filename>/dev/ad3</filename>.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>gstripe label -v st0 /dev/ad2 /dev/ad3</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
<para>A message should be returned explaining that meta data has
|
||||
been stored on the devices.
|
||||
XXX: What message? Put it inside the screen output above.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</step>
|
||||
|
||||
<step><para>A partition table must be created on the new volume
|
||||
with the following command:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>bsdlabel -wB /dev/stripe/st0</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
</step>
|
||||
|
||||
<step><para>This process should have created two other devices
|
||||
in the <filename role="directory">/dev/stripe</filename>
|
||||
directory in addition to the <devicename>st0</devicename> device.
|
||||
Those include <devicename>st0a</devicename> and
|
||||
<devicename>st0c</devicename>. A file system must now be created
|
||||
on the <devicename>st0a</devicename> device using the following
|
||||
<command>newfs</command> command:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>newfs -U /dev/stripe/st0a</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Many numbers will glide across the screen, and after a few
|
||||
seconds, the process will be complete. The volume has been
|
||||
created and is ready to be mounted.</para>
|
||||
</step>
|
||||
</procedure>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The following command can be used to manually mount a newly
|
||||
created disk stripe:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>mount /dev/stripe/st0a /mnt</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>To mount this striped file system automatically during the boot
|
||||
process, place the volume information in
|
||||
<filename>/etc/fstab</filename> file:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>echo "/dev/stripe/st0a /mnt ufs rw 2 2" \</userinput>
|
||||
<userinput>>> /etc/fstab</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The <filename>geom_stripe</filename> module must also be automatically loaded during
|
||||
system initialization, by adding a line to
|
||||
<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>echo 'geom_stripe_load="YES"' >> /boot/loader.conf</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="GEOM-mirror">
|
||||
<title>RAID1 - Mirroring</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>GEOM</primary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>Disk Mirroring</primary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Mirroring is a technology used by many corporations and home
|
||||
users to back up data without interruption. When a mirror exists,
|
||||
it simply means that diskB replicates diskA. Or, perhaps diskC+D
|
||||
replicates diskA+B. Regardless of the disk configuration, the
|
||||
important aspect is that information on one disk or partition is
|
||||
being replicated. Later, that information could be more easily
|
||||
restored, backed up without causing service or access
|
||||
interruption, and even be physically stored in a data
|
||||
safe.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>To begin, ensure the system has two disk drives of equal size,
|
||||
this exercise assumes they are direct access (&man.da.4;)
|
||||
<acronym>SCSI</acronym> disks.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Begin by installing &os; on the first disk with only two
|
||||
partitions. One should be a swap partition, double the
|
||||
<acronym>RAM</acronym> size and all remaining space devoted to
|
||||
the root (<filename role="directory">/</filename>) file system.
|
||||
It is possible to have separate partitions for other mount points;
|
||||
however, this will increase the difficulty level ten fold due to
|
||||
manual alteration of the &man.bsdlabel.8; and &man.fdisk.8;
|
||||
settings.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Reboot and wait for the system to fully initialize. Once this
|
||||
process has completed, log in as the <username>root</username>
|
||||
user.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Create the <filename>/dev/mirror/gm</filename> device and link
|
||||
it with <filename>/dev/da1</filename>:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>gmirror label -vnb round-robin gm0 /dev/da1</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The system should respond with:</para>
|
||||
<screen>
|
||||
Metadata value stored on /dev/da1.
|
||||
Done.</screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Initialize GEOM, this will load the
|
||||
<filename>/boot/kernel/geom_mirror.ko</filename> kernel
|
||||
module:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>gmirror load</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<note>
|
||||
<para>This command should have created the
|
||||
<devicename>gm0</devicename>, device node under the
|
||||
<filename role="directory">/dev/mirror</filename>
|
||||
directory.</para>
|
||||
</note>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Install a generic <command>fdisk</command> label and boot code
|
||||
to newly created <devicename>gm0</devicename> device:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>fdisk -vBI /dev/mirror/gm0</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Now install generic <command>bsdlabel</command>
|
||||
information:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>bsdlabel -wB /dev/mirror/gm0s1</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<note>
|
||||
<para>If multiple slices and partitions exist, the flags for the
|
||||
previous two commands will require alteration. They must match
|
||||
the slice and partition size of the other disk.</para>
|
||||
</note>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Use the &man.newfs.8; utility to create a default file
|
||||
system on the <devicename>gm0s1a</devicename> device node:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1a</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>This should have caused the system to spit out some
|
||||
information and a bunch of numbers. This is good. Examine the
|
||||
screen for any error messages and mount the device to the
|
||||
<filename role="directory">/mnt</filename> mount point:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1a /mnt</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Now move all data from the boot disk over to this new file
|
||||
system. This example uses the &man.dump.8; and &man.restore.8;
|
||||
commands; however, &man.dd.1; would also work with this
|
||||
scenario.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>dump -L -0 -f- / |(cd /mnt && restore -r -v -f-)</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>This must be done for each file system. Simply place the
|
||||
appropriate file system in the correct location when running the
|
||||
aforementioned command.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Now edit the replicated <filename>/mnt/etc/fstab</filename>
|
||||
file and remove or comment out the swap file
|
||||
<footnote>
|
||||
<para>It should be noted that commenting out the swap file entry
|
||||
in <filename>fstab</filename> will most likely require you to
|
||||
re-establish a different way of enabling swap space. Please
|
||||
refer to <xref linkend="adding-swap-space"> for more
|
||||
information.</para>
|
||||
</footnote>. Change the other file system information to use the
|
||||
new disk. See the following example:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting># Device Mountpoint FStype Options Dump Pass#
|
||||
#/dev/da0s2b none swap sw 0 0
|
||||
/dev/mirror/gm0s1a / ufs rw 1 1</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Now create a <filename>boot.conf</filename> file on both the
|
||||
current and new root partitions. This file will
|
||||
<quote>help</quote> the system <acronym>BIOS</acronym>
|
||||
boot the correct drive:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>echo "1:da(1,a)/boot/loader" > /boot.config</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>echo "1:da(1,a)/boot/loader" > /mnt/boot.config</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<note>
|
||||
<para>We have placed it on both root partitions to ensure proper
|
||||
boot up. If for some reason the system cannot read from the
|
||||
new root partition, a failsafe is available.</para>
|
||||
</note>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Now add the following line to the new
|
||||
<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>echo 'geom_mirror_load="YES"' >> /mnt/boot/loader.conf</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>This will instruct &man.loader.8; utility to load the
|
||||
<filename>geom_mirror.ko</filename> module during system
|
||||
initialization.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Reboot the system:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>shutdown -r now</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>If all has gone well, the system should have booted from the
|
||||
<devicename>gm0s1a</devicename> device and a <command>login</command>
|
||||
prompt should be waiting. If something went wrong, see review
|
||||
the forthcoming troubleshooting section. Now add the
|
||||
<devicename>da0</devicename> disk to <devicename>gm0</devicename>
|
||||
device:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>gmirror configure -a gm0</userinput>
|
||||
&prompt.root; <userinput>gmirror insert gm0 /dev/da0</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The <option>-a</option> flag tells &man.gmirror.8; to use
|
||||
automatic synchronization; i.e., mirror the disk writes
|
||||
automatically. The manual page explains how to rebuild and
|
||||
replace disks, although it uses <devicename>data</devicename>
|
||||
in place of <devicename>gm0</devicename>.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2>
|
||||
<title>Troubleshooting</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect3>
|
||||
<title>System refuses to boot</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>If the system boots up to a prompt similar to:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>ffs_mountroot: can't find rootvp
|
||||
Root mount failed: 6
|
||||
mountroot></programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Reboot the machine using the power or reset button. At
|
||||
the boot menu, select option six (6). This will drop the
|
||||
system to a &man.loader.8; prompt. Load the kernel module
|
||||
manually:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>OK? <userinput>load geom_mirror.ko</userinput>
|
||||
OK? <userinput>boot</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>If this works then for whatever reason the module was not
|
||||
being loaded properly. Place:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>options GEOM_MIRROR</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>in the kernel configuration file, rebuild and reinstall.
|
||||
That should remedy this issue.</para>
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="geom-ggate">
|
||||
<title>GEOM Gate Network Devices</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>GEOM supports the remote use of devices, such as disks,
|
||||
CD-ROMs, files, etc. through the use of the gate utilities.
|
||||
This is similar to <acronym>NFS</acronym>.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>To begin, an exports file must be created. This file
|
||||
specifies who is permitted to access the exported resources and
|
||||
what level of access they are offered. For example, to export
|
||||
the forth slice on the first <acronym>SCSI</acronym> disk, the
|
||||
following <filename>/etc/gg.exports</filename> is more than
|
||||
adequate:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>192.168.1.0/24 RW /dev/da0s4d</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>It will allow all hosts inside the private network access
|
||||
the file system on the <devicename>da0s4d</devicename>
|
||||
partition.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>To export this device, ensure it is not currently mounted,
|
||||
and start the &man.ggated.8; server daemon:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>ggated</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Now to <command>mount</command> the device on the client
|
||||
machine, issue the following commands:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>ggatec create -o rw 192.168.1.1 /dev/da0s4d</userinput></screen>
|
||||
<screen>ggate0</screen>
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>mount /dev/ggate0 /mnt</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>From here on, the device may be accessed through the
|
||||
<filename role="directory">/mnt</filename> mount point.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<note>
|
||||
<para>It should be pointed out that this will fail if the device
|
||||
is currently mounted on either the server machine or any other
|
||||
machine on the network.</para>
|
||||
</note>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>When the device is no longer needed, it may be safely
|
||||
unmounted with the &man.umount.8; command, similar to any other
|
||||
disk device.</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
Local Variables:
|
||||
mode: sgml
|
||||
sgml-declaration: "../chapter.decl"
|
||||
sgml-indent-data: t
|
||||
sgml-omittag: nil
|
||||
sgml-always-quote-attributes: t
|
||||
sgml-parent-document: ("../book.sgml" "part" "chapter")
|
||||
End:
|
||||
-->
|
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/install/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/install/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= install/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
5393
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/install/chapter.sgml
Normal file
5393
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/install/chapter.sgml
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
7
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/install/example-dir1.dot
Normal file
7
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/install/example-dir1.dot
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
|||
// $FreeBSD$
|
||||
|
||||
digraph directory {
|
||||
root [label="Root\n/"];
|
||||
root -> "A1/";
|
||||
root -> "A2/";
|
||||
}
|
8
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/install/example-dir2.dot
Normal file
8
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/install/example-dir2.dot
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
|
|||
// $FreeBSD$
|
||||
|
||||
digraph directory {
|
||||
root [label="Root\n/"];
|
||||
root -> "A1/" -> "B1/";
|
||||
"A1/" -> "B2/";
|
||||
root -> "A2/";
|
||||
}
|
8
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/install/example-dir3.dot
Normal file
8
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/install/example-dir3.dot
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
|
|||
// $FreeBSD$
|
||||
|
||||
digraph directory {
|
||||
root [label="Root\n/"];
|
||||
root -> "A1/";
|
||||
root -> "A2/" -> "B1/";
|
||||
"A2/" -> "B2/";
|
||||
}
|
9
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/install/example-dir4.dot
Normal file
9
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/install/example-dir4.dot
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
|||
// $FreeBSD$
|
||||
|
||||
digraph directory {
|
||||
root [label="Root\n/"];
|
||||
root -> "A1/";
|
||||
root -> "A2/" -> "B1/" -> "C1/";
|
||||
"B1/" -> "C2/";
|
||||
"A2/" -> "B2/";
|
||||
}
|
9
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/install/example-dir5.dot
Normal file
9
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/install/example-dir5.dot
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
|||
// $FreeBSD$
|
||||
|
||||
digraph directory {
|
||||
root [label="Root\n/"];
|
||||
root -> "A1/" -> "C1/";
|
||||
"A1/" -> "C2/";
|
||||
root -> "A2/" -> "B1/";
|
||||
"A2/" -> "B2/";
|
||||
}
|
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/introduction/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/introduction/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= introduction/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
971
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/introduction/chapter.sgml
Normal file
971
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/introduction/chapter.sgml
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,971 @@
|
|||
<!--
|
||||
The FreeBSD Polish Documentation Project
|
||||
|
||||
$FreeBSD$
|
||||
Original revision: 1.114
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="introduction">
|
||||
<chapterinfo>
|
||||
<authorgroup>
|
||||
<author>
|
||||
<firstname>Jim</firstname>
|
||||
<surname>Mock</surname>
|
||||
<contrib>Rozdział zreorganizował i częściowo
|
||||
napisał od nowa </contrib>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
</authorgroup>
|
||||
|
||||
<authorgroup>
|
||||
<author>
|
||||
<firstname>Cezary</firstname>
|
||||
<surname>Morga</surname>
|
||||
<contrib>Tłumaczył </contrib>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
</authorgroup>
|
||||
</chapterinfo>
|
||||
|
||||
<title>Wprowadzenie</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="introduction-synopsis">
|
||||
<title>Strzeszczenie</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Dziękujemy za zainteresowanie FreeBSD! W niniejszym rozdziale
|
||||
opisane zostaną różne aspekty Projektu FreeBSD, takie jak jego historia,
|
||||
obrany cel, czy model rozwoju.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Czytając ten rozdział poznamy:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Zależności istniejące między FreeBSD i innymi systemami operacyjnymi.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Historię Projektu FreeBSD.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Cele stawiane przed Projektem FreeBSD.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Podstawowe zagadnienia związane z modelem rozwoju otwartego oprogramowania
|
||||
(ang. open source) FreeBSD.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>I oczywiście, dowiemy się skąd pochodzi nazwa <quote>FreeBSD</quote>.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="nutshell">
|
||||
<title>Witamy w świecie FreeBSD!</title>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>4.4BSD-Lite</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>FreeBSD jest systemem operacyjnym bazującym na 4.4BSD-Lite, a
|
||||
przeznaczonym dla komputerów pracujących na platformach Intela (x86 i
|
||||
&itanium;), AMD64, <trademark>Alpha</trademark> oraz Sun &ultrasparc;.
|
||||
Przygotowywane są również wersje dla innych platform. Więcej informacji
|
||||
dostępnych jest w <link linkend="history">historii FreeBSD</link> bądź
|
||||
w nocie o <link linkend="relnotes">aktualnym wydaniu</link>. Jeśli chciałbyś
|
||||
wspomóc rozwój Projektu (np. kod źródłowy, sprzęt, nieoznakowane banknoty)
|
||||
przeczytaj artykuł o <ulink
|
||||
url="&url.articles.contributing;/index.html">współpracy z Projektem
|
||||
FreeBSD</ulink> (ang.).</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2 id="os-overview">
|
||||
<sect2info>
|
||||
<authorgroup>
|
||||
<author>
|
||||
<firstname>Aleksander</firstname>
|
||||
<surname>Fafuła</surname>
|
||||
<contrib>Tłumaczył </contrib>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
</authorgroup>
|
||||
<authorgroup>
|
||||
<author>
|
||||
<firstname>Cezary</firstname>
|
||||
<surname>Morga</surname>
|
||||
<contrib>Przekład uzupełnił </contrib>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
</authorgroup>
|
||||
</sect2info>
|
||||
|
||||
<title>Co potrafi FreeBSD?</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>FreeBSD posiada mnóstwo zalet. Oto niektóre z nich:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>wielozadaniowość z wywłaszczaniem</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><emphasis>Wielozadaniowość z wywłaszczaniem</emphasis>, wraz z
|
||||
dynamiczną regulacją priorytetów, by zapewnić sprawne i bezkonfliktowe
|
||||
współdzielenie zasobów komputera przez aplikacje oraz użytkowników,
|
||||
nawet w sytuacjach największego obciążenia systemu.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>wieloużytkownikowość</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><emphasis>Wieloużytkownikowość</emphasis> pozwalająca na
|
||||
jednoczesne wykorzystanie komputera z systemem FreeBSD przez
|
||||
wielu użytkowników. Oznacza to, np. prawidłowe dzielenie dostępu
|
||||
do urządzeń zewnętrznych jak np. do drukarki, pomiędzy wszystkich
|
||||
użytkowników lokalnych jak i sieciowych. Ograniczenia dostępu do
|
||||
zasobów mogą być definiowane dla konkretnych użytkowników bądź grup
|
||||
użytkowników, co z kolei pozwala na zabezpieczenie krytycznych
|
||||
zasobów systemowych przed nadużyciami.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>sieci TCP/IP</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Pełna obsługa <emphasis>sieci TCP/IP</emphasis>, oraz innych
|
||||
sieciowych standardów jak SLIP, PPP, NFS, DHCP czy NIS. Oznacza
|
||||
to, że twój system FreeBSD może bez problemów współpracować z
|
||||
dowolnymi innymi systemami operacyjnymi, jak również pracować w
|
||||
roli serwera w przedsiębiorstwie, dostarczając niezbędnych funkcji
|
||||
jak np. NFS (zdalny dostęp do plików) wraz z obsługą emaila, bądź
|
||||
pozwoli na umieszczenie internetowej wizytówki twojej organizacji
|
||||
na stronie WWW czy dokumentów na serwerze FTP. Może również realizować
|
||||
przekierowywanie (ruting) pakietów, a także pełnić rolę zapory
|
||||
ogniowej (firewall).</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>ochrona pamięci</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><emphasis>Ochrona pamięci</emphasis> gwarantuje, że programy
|
||||
(bądź użytkownicy) nie mogą ingerować w pracę innych aplikacji.
|
||||
Innymi słowy, awaria danego programu w żaden sposób nie wpływa
|
||||
na działanie pozostałych.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>FreeBSD jest <emphasis>32-bitowym</emphasis> systemem operacyjnym
|
||||
(64-bitowym na platformach Alpha, &itanium;, AMD64 i &ultrasparc;)
|
||||
i właśnie jako taki projektowany był od początku.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>System okien X</primary>
|
||||
<seealso>XFree86</seealso>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Obecnie standardowy <emphasis>System okien X</emphasis>
|
||||
(X11R6; X Window System) dostarcza interfejsu graficznego (GUI)
|
||||
w cenie zwykłej karty VGA i monitora. Ponadto dostępny jest z
|
||||
pełnym kodem źródłowym.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>kompatybilność binarna</primary>
|
||||
<secondary>Linux</secondary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>kompatybilność binarna</primary>
|
||||
<secondary>SCO</secondary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>kompatybilność binarna</primary>
|
||||
<secondary>SVR4</secondary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>kompatybilność binarna</primary>
|
||||
<secondary>BSD/OS</secondary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>kompatybilność binarna</primary>
|
||||
<secondary>NetBSD</secondary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><emphasis>Kompatybilność binarną</emphasis> z wieloma systemami
|
||||
typu &unix;. FreeBSD posiada możliwość uruchamiania programów
|
||||
skompilowanych dla Linuksa, SCO, SVR4, BSDI i NetBSD.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Tysiące aplikacji <emphasis>gotowych do pracy</emphasis>,
|
||||
dostępnych z kolekcji <emphasis>portów</emphasis> i
|
||||
<emphasis>pakietów</emphasis> FreeBSD. Czemu szukać
|
||||
w sieci, skoro wszystko można znaleźć właśnie tutaj?</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Tysiące dodatkowych i
|
||||
<emphasis>łatwych do przeniesienia</emphasis> programów dostępnych
|
||||
w Internecie. FreeBSD jest kompatybilny z wieloma popularnymi,
|
||||
nawet komercyjnymi systemami typu &unix; i tym samym większość
|
||||
programów wymaga zaledwie kilku, jeśli w ogóle, zmian w kodzie
|
||||
aby poprawnie skompilować i uruchomić.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>pamięć wirtualna</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Stronicowana <emphasis>pamięć wirtualna</emphasis> oraz
|
||||
współdzielona pamięć podręczna <quote>VM/buffer cache</quote>
|
||||
zaprojektowane by efektywnie zaspokajać potrzeby aplikacji z
|
||||
dużym apetytem na pamięć, przy jednoczesnym zapewnieniu ciągłej
|
||||
interakcji systemu z użytkownikami.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP)</primary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Wsparcie dla technologii <emphasis>SMP</emphasis>, dla maszyn
|
||||
z wieloma procesorami.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>kompilatory</primary>
|
||||
<secondary>C</secondary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>kompilatory</primary>
|
||||
<secondary>C++</secondary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>kompilatory</primary>
|
||||
<secondary>FORTRAN</secondary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Kompletne środowiska programistyczne dla języków <emphasis>C</emphasis>,
|
||||
<emphasis>C++</emphasis> i <emphasis>Fortran</emphasis>. FreeBSD posiada
|
||||
również wiele dodatkowych środowisk dla innych języków programowania
|
||||
dostępnych w kolekcji portów i pakietów.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>kod źródłowy</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Dostępność <emphasis>kodu źródłowego</emphasis> dla całego
|
||||
systemu oznacza, iż to właśnie ty posiadasz największą kontrolę
|
||||
nad swoim środowiskiem pracy. Czemu zamykać się w kręgu
|
||||
rozwiązań własnościowych i być skazanym na łaskę dostarczyciela
|
||||
systemu, kiedy można mieć prawdziwie otwarty system?</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Obszerną <emphasis>dokumentację</emphasis> dostępną
|
||||
w Internecie..</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><emphasis>I wiele więcej!</emphasis></para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>4.4BSD-Lite</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>Computer Systems Research Group (CSRG)</primary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Uniwersytet Kalifornijski w Berkeley</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<para>FreeBSD jest oparty na systemie 4.4BSD-Lite pochodzącym
|
||||
z Computer Systems Research Group (CSRG) z Uniwersytetu
|
||||
Kalifornijskiego w Berkeley. Podtrzymuje dostojną tradycję
|
||||
trendu rozwojowego systemów BSD. Oprócz doskonałej pracy
|
||||
wykonanej przez CSRG również programiści z Projektu FreeBSD
|
||||
spędzili dodatkowe tysiące godzin, aby udoskonalić go i
|
||||
przygotować na trudne, życiowe sytuacje. W czasie gdy wielu
|
||||
z komercyjnych gigantów branży komputerów PC stara się
|
||||
wyposażyć swoje systemy operacyjne w podobne cechy, by
|
||||
osiągnąć takie same wyniki i poziom niezawodności, FreeBSD
|
||||
oferuje to już <emphasis>teraz</emphasis>!</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Liczba aplikacji z którymi może współpracować FreeBSD
|
||||
jest ograniczona jedynie przez naszą wyobraźnię. Od projektów
|
||||
programistycznych, poprzez automatyzację produkcji w fabrykach,
|
||||
kontrolę stanu magazynów, po regulację azymutu anteny satelitarnej;
|
||||
jeśli jest to możliwe w komercyjnych systemach UNIX jest to więcej
|
||||
niż prawdopodobne, że możesz to zrobić również we FreeBSD! On sam
|
||||
korzysta z dosłownie tysięcy doskonale dopracowanych aplikacji,
|
||||
nierzadko pochodzących z komercyjnych centrów projektowych bądź
|
||||
laboratoriów uniwersyteckich, dostępnych niemalże bądź całkowicie
|
||||
za darmo. Dostępne jest również oprogramowanie komercyjne, którego
|
||||
liczba rośnie równie szybko, jak oprogramowania bezpłatnego.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Jako, że kod źródłowy FreeBSD jest publicznie dostępny,
|
||||
system może zostać dostosowany do wielu specjalistycznych
|
||||
projektów oraz zastosowań, co jest niemożliwe w przypadku
|
||||
wielu systemów komercyjnych. Oto krótka lista aplikacji,
|
||||
z którymi najczęściej używany jest FreeBSD:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><emphasis>Usługi internetowe:</emphasis> doskonała obsługa
|
||||
TCP/IP wbudowana we FreeBSD, czyni go idealną platformą dla
|
||||
szeregu usług internetowych, na przykład:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>serwery FTP</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Serwery FTP</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>serwery WWW</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Serwery witryn WWW (standardowe bądź zabezpieczone
|
||||
[SSL])</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>zapora ogniowa</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>NAT</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Zapory ogniowe i bramy NAT (<quote>maskarada
|
||||
IP</quote>)</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>poczta elektroniczna</primary>
|
||||
<see>email</see>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>email</primary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Serwery poczty elektronicznej</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>USENET</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>USerwery USENET bądź systemy Forum</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>I więcej...</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Wraz z FreeBSD możesz zacząć świadczyć usługi
|
||||
internetowe już na niedrogim komputerze PC klasy 386
|
||||
i rozwijać bazę sprzętową swojego przedsiębiorstwa aż do
|
||||
cztero-procesorowego Xeona z macierzą RAID.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><emphasis>Edukacja:</emphasis> jesteś studentem
|
||||
informatyki bądź pokrewnej dziedziny techniki? Nie ma
|
||||
lepszego sposobu na poznanie systemu operacyjnego,
|
||||
architektury komputerów oraz zagadnień sieciowych niż
|
||||
poprzez doświadczenie, które daje praca z FreeBSD. Duża
|
||||
liczba darmowych programów typu CAD, matematycznych czy
|
||||
graficznych będzie wysoce użyteczna dla tych, których
|
||||
głównym zainteresowaniem w komputerach jest aby zmusić je do pracy
|
||||
<emphasis>za nas</emphasis>!</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><emphasis>Badania:</emphasis> oferując dostęp do kodu
|
||||
źródłowego całego systemu, FreeBSD stanowi doskonałą platformę
|
||||
dla prowadzenia badań nad systemami operacyjnymi oraz innymi
|
||||
dziedzinami nauk komputerowych. Idea otwartego źródła wspomaga
|
||||
także całe grupy współpracujące zdalnie nad różnymi zadaniami,
|
||||
pomagając zapomnieć im o problemach związanych ze specjalnymi
|
||||
warunkami licencyjnymi oraz ograniczeniami.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>ruter</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Serwer DNS</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><emphasis>Sieć:</emphasis> potrzebujesz nowego rutera?
|
||||
Serwera nazw (DNS)? Zapory ogniowej (firewalla), by wystrzec
|
||||
się niepowołanych użytkowników w swojej sieci wewnętrznej?
|
||||
FreeBSD może w łatwy sposób zamienić bezużytecznego 486 lub
|
||||
nawet 386, stojącego w kącie, w zaawansowany router z
|
||||
wyszukanymi opcjami filtrowania pakietów.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>System okien X</primary>
|
||||
<secondary>XFree86</secondary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>System okien X</primary>
|
||||
<secondary>Akceleracja X-ów</secondary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><emphasis>Środowisko graficzne:</emphasis> FreeBSD stanowi
|
||||
dobre rozwiązanie dla niedrogiego terminala graficznego. W tym
|
||||
celu można wykorzystać dostępny serwer X11, bądź jeden z doskonałych
|
||||
komercyjnych serwerów <ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.xig.com">Xi Graphics</ulink>. W przeciwieństwie do
|
||||
typowych terminali graficznych, FreeBSD pozwala na uruchamianie
|
||||
wielu aplikacji lokalnie jeśli zajdzie taka potrzeba, odciążając
|
||||
tym samym główny serwer. FreeBSD może być również uruchamiany w
|
||||
systemach <quote>bezydskowych</quote> zmniejszając tym samym cenę
|
||||
komputerów służących za terminale.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Kolekcja kompilatorów GNU</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><emphasis>Programowanie:</emphasis> system FreeBSD zaopatrzony
|
||||
jest w pełen zestaw narzędzi programistycznych, włączając w to
|
||||
sławny kompilator oraz debugger GNU C/C++.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>FreeBSD jest dostępny zarówno w postaci kodu źródłowego jak i
|
||||
skompilowanych binariów dostępnych na płytach CDROM, DVD i poprzez
|
||||
anonimowy serwer FTP. <xref linkend="mirrors"> zawiera więcej informacji
|
||||
nt. sposobów uzyskania FreeBSD.</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2>
|
||||
<title>Kto używa FreeBSD?</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>użytkownicy</primary>
|
||||
<secondary>duże witryny WWW pracujące na FreeBSD</secondary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>FreeBSD zasila niektóre z największych witryn w Internecie,
|
||||
m.in:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Yahoo!</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink url="http://www.yahoo.com/">Yahoo!</ulink></para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Apache</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink url="http://www.apache.org/">Apache</ulink></para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Blue Mountain Arts</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink url="http://www.bluemountain.com/">Blue Mountain
|
||||
Arts</ulink></para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Pair Networks</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink url="http://www.pair.com/">Pair
|
||||
Networks</ulink></para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Sony Japan</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink url="http://www.sony.co.jp/">Sony
|
||||
Japan</ulink></para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Netcraft</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink url="http://www.netcraft.com/">Netcraft</ulink>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Weathernews</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink url="http://www.wni.com/">Weathernews</ulink>
|
||||
</para></listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Supervalu</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.supervalu.com/">Supervalu</ulink></para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>TELEHOUSE America</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink url="http://www.telehouse.com/">TELEHOUSE
|
||||
America</ulink></para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Sophos Anti-Virus</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink url="http://www.sophos.com/">Sophos
|
||||
Anti-Virus</ulink></para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>JMA Wired</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.jmawired.com/">JMA Wired</ulink></para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>i wiele więcej.</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="history">
|
||||
<title>O Projekcie FreeBSD</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Niniejszy podrozdział zawiera podstawowe informacje o projekcie,
|
||||
m.in. krótką historię, cele stawiane przed projektem i stosowany
|
||||
model rozwoju.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2 id="intro-history">
|
||||
<sect2info role="firstperson">
|
||||
<authorgroup>
|
||||
<author>
|
||||
<firstname>Jordan</firstname>
|
||||
<surname>Hubbard</surname>
|
||||
<contrib>Napisał </contrib>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
</authorgroup>
|
||||
</sect2info>
|
||||
|
||||
<title>Krótka historia FreeBSD</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>386BSD Patchkit</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Hubbard, Jordan</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Williams, Nate</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Grimes, Rod</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>FreeBSD Project</primary>
|
||||
<secondary>history</secondary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<para>Genezy projektu FreeBSD należy doszukiwać się w pierwszej
|
||||
połowie roku 1993. Wyrósł on częściowo z <quote>Nieoficjalnego
|
||||
zestawu łat dla 386BSD</quote> (patchkit). Stworzony został przez
|
||||
trzech ostatnich koordynatorów zestawu: Nate'a Williamsa, Roda
|
||||
Grimesa i mnie.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>386BSD</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<para>Naszym pierwotnym celem było przygotowanie migawki z rozwoju
|
||||
386BSD, wprowadzającej szereg poprawek, których mechanizm zestawu
|
||||
łat nie był w stanie zrealizować. Niektórzy z czytających mogą
|
||||
pamiętać wczesną nazwę projektu <quote>386BSD 0.5</quote> bądź
|
||||
<quote>386BSD Interim</quote>.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Jolitz, Bill</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<para>386BSD był systemem operacyjnym Billa Jolitza, cierpiącym w
|
||||
tym okresie z powodu przeszło rocznego zastoju. W wyniku puchnięcia
|
||||
zestawu łat z dnia na dzień coraz bardziej, jednomyślnie postanowiliśmy
|
||||
spróbować naprawić sytuację. Zdecydowaliśmy się wspomóc Billa
|
||||
dostarczając owej <quote>porządkującej</quote> migawki. Niestety
|
||||
plan spalił na panewce gdy Bill Jolitz nagle zdecydował cofnąć swoje
|
||||
poparcie dla projektu, nie informując co zamierza wprowadzić
|
||||
w jego miejsce.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Greenman, David</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Walnut Creek CDROM</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<para>Szybko stwierdziliśmy, że rozpoczęte zadanie jest warte świeczki
|
||||
nawet bez wsparcia Billa. Tym samym przyjęliśmy nazwę
|
||||
<quote>FreeBSD</quote> ukutą przez Davida Greenmana. Cele
|
||||
projektu zostały wstępnie określone po rozmowach z ówczesnymi
|
||||
użytkownikami systemu. Gdy stało się jasne, że projekt zmierza
|
||||
w kierunku stania się rzeczywistością, skontaktowałem się z
|
||||
firmą Walnut Creek CDROM w celu usprawnienia metod dystrybucji
|
||||
FreeBSD, szczególnie z myślą o tych nieszczęśnikach, którzy mieli
|
||||
utrudniony dostęp do Internetu. Walnut Creek CDROM nie tylko wsparł
|
||||
pomysł dystrybucji FreeBSD na płytach CD, ale również wyszedł nam
|
||||
na przeciw oferując projektowi maszynę do pracy i szybkie łącze
|
||||
z Internetem. Jest mało prawdopodobne, że projekt zaszedł by aż
|
||||
tak daleko bez niespotykanej wręcz wiary Walnut Creek CDROM w
|
||||
kompletnie mało znany projekt, którym w owym czasie był
|
||||
FreeBSD.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>4.3BSD-Lite</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Net/2</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Uniwersytet Kalifornijski w Berkeley</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>386BSD</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Free Software Foundation</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<para>Pierwszą wersją rozprowadzaną na płytach CD (a także w
|
||||
Internecie) był FreeBSD 1.0, wydany w grudniu 1993 r.
|
||||
Oparty był on bezpośrednio na 4.3BSD-Lite (<quote>Net/2</quote>)
|
||||
z Uniwersytetu Kalifornijskiego w Berkeley. Zawierał również wiele
|
||||
dodatkowych aplikacji pochodozących z 386BSD oraz Free Software
|
||||
Foundation. Można przyjąć, iż osiągnał on całkiem rozsądny sukces
|
||||
jak na pierwszą wersję. Następujące po nim wydanie FreeBSD 1.1
|
||||
w maju 1994 r. było pełnym sukcesem.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Novell</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Uniwersytet Kalifornijski w Berkeley</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Net/2</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>AT&T</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<para>Mniej więcej w tym właśnie czasie czarne chmury niespodzianie
|
||||
pojawiły się nad horyzontem. Powodem tego była ugoda w
|
||||
przeciągającym się procesie pomiędzy Novellem i Uniwersytetem
|
||||
w Berkeley odnośnie legalności kalifornijskiego Net/2. Jednym z
|
||||
warunków ugody było ustępstwo Berkeley stwierdzające, iż znaczne
|
||||
części kodu Net/2 zostały <quote>powielone</quote> z kodu systemu &unix;,
|
||||
będącego własnością Novella, który z kolei nabył go wcześniej od AT&T.
|
||||
W zamian Berkley uzyskało <quote>błogosławieństwo</quote> Novella w
|
||||
pracach nad 4.4BSD-Lite i zapewnienie, że gdy się w końcu pojawi nie
|
||||
będzie określane jako kopia kodu Novella. Ponadto wszyscy użytkownicy
|
||||
Net/2 mieli być gorąco zachęciani do aktualizacji systemu. Ugoda ta
|
||||
dotyczyła również FreeBSD, bowiem projekt miał wstrzymać dystrybucję
|
||||
swoich produktów bazujących na Net/2 do końca lipca 1994 r. Zgodnie
|
||||
z warunkami porozumienia, pozwolono projektowi na jedno ostatnie
|
||||
wydanie przed tym terminem. Było to FreeBSD 1.1.5.1.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Rozpoczęła się żmudna praca nad ponownym stworzeniem FreeBSD
|
||||
z części całkowicie nowego i raczej niekompletnego 4.4BSD-Lite.
|
||||
Wydanie <quote>Lite</quote> było w rzeczy samej <quote>lekkie</quote>;
|
||||
częściowo w wyniku usunięcia przez CSRG Uniwersytetu w Berkeley
|
||||
wielkich partii kodu (z uwagi na pewne wymogi prawne), które odpowiadały
|
||||
za przygotowanie samodzielnie uruchamiajacego się systemu, oraz z faktu,
|
||||
że wersja 4.4 nie byla jeszcze gotowa na platformę Intela. Prace potrwały
|
||||
do listopada 1994 r., kiedy to wydany został FreeBSD 2.0, rozprowadzany
|
||||
zarówno przez sieć jak i na płytach CD (w późnym grudniu). Pomimo kilku
|
||||
niedociągnięć wydanie osiągneło znaczący sukces. Przy czym już w
|
||||
styczniu 1995 r. zostało zastąpione stabilniejszym i łatwiejszym w
|
||||
instalacji FreeBSD 2.0.5.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>FreeBSD 2.1.5 wydaliśmy w sierpniu 1996. Wersja ta zyskała
|
||||
popularność szczególnie pośród dostawców usług internetowych (ISP)
|
||||
oraz szerokopojętej społeczności komercyjnej. Docenione zostało
|
||||
również kolejne wydanie w gałęzi 2.1-STABLE. Mowa tu o
|
||||
FreeBSD 2.1.7.1, wydanym w lutym 1997 r., a zamykającym główne
|
||||
prace nad 2.1-STABLE. Od tej pory trwały jedynie prace nad utrzymaniem
|
||||
gałęzi (RELENG_2_1_0); dodawane były łaty bezpieczeństwa i naprawiane
|
||||
krytyczne luki./para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Z głównego nurtu rozwojowu (<quote>-CURRENT</quote>) w listopadzie
|
||||
1996 r. odgałęził się FreeBSD 2.2 jako gałąź RELENG_2_2.
|
||||
Piersze pełne wydanie (2.2.1) pojawiło się w kwietniu 1997 r.
|
||||
Kolejne wydania z gałęzi 2.2 ujrzały światło dzienne w lecie i na
|
||||
jesieni 1997 r., przy czym ostatnie (2.2.8) pojawiło się w listopadzie
|
||||
1998 r. Pierwsze oficjalne wydanie 3.0 pochodzi z października
|
||||
1998 r. i stanowiło początek końca gałęzi 2.2.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Drzewo ewolucji FreeBSD ponownie rozdzieliło się 20 stycznia
|
||||
1999 r., prowadząc do 4.0-CURRENT i 3.X-STABLE. Wersja 3.1 z 3.X-STABLE
|
||||
wydana została 15 lutego 1999, wersja 3.2 dnia 15 maja 1999, 3.3 w dniu
|
||||
16 września 1999, 3.4 - 20 grudnia 1999 oraz 3.5 dnia 24 stycznia 2000.
|
||||
Wkrótce pojawiło się również pomniejsze wydanie 3.5.1, które zawierało
|
||||
kilka poprawek z ostatniej chwili do systemu Kerberos. Było to ostatnie
|
||||
wydanie gałęzi 3.X.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Kolejne rozgałęzienie miało miejsce 13 marca 2000 r. w wyniku czego
|
||||
pojawiła się gałąź 4.X-STABLE: 4.0-RELEASE w marcu 2000 i ostatnie
|
||||
wydanie 4.11-RELEASE w styczniu 2005.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Pojawienie się długo oczekiwanej gałęzi 5.0-RELEASE zostało ogłoszone
|
||||
19 stycznia 2003 r. Stanowiła ona punkt kulminacyjny prawie
|
||||
trzyletniego wysiłku. Wydanie te wprowadziło FreeBSD na ścieżkę ku
|
||||
współpracy z komputerami multiprocesorowymi oraz zaawansowanej
|
||||
obsługi wątków aplikacji. Oferowała również wsparcie dla platform
|
||||
&ultrasparc; i <literal>ia64</literal>. Wydanie 5.1 pojawiło się w
|
||||
czerwcu 2003 r. Ostatnie wydanie 5.X z gałęzi -CURRENT stanowiło
|
||||
5.2.1-RELEASE, wprowadzone w lutym 2004.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Gałąź RELENG_5 powstała w sierpniu 2004 r., a także wydanie
|
||||
5.3-RELEASE, stanowi początek wydań gałęzi 5-STABLE. Najnowsze wydanie
|
||||
&rel2.current;-RELEASE pojawiło się w maju 2006. Wydawane będą
|
||||
wciąż kolejne wersje z gałęzi RELENG_5.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Kolejne rozgałęzienie nastąpiło w czerwcu 2005: powstała gałąź
|
||||
RELENG_6. Wydanie 6.0-RELEASE, pierwsze z gałęzi 6.X, pojawiło się
|
||||
w listopadzie 2005. Najnowsze wydanie &rel.current;-RELEASE ujrzało
|
||||
światło dzienne w maju 2006 r. Będą pojawiać się również kolejne
|
||||
wydania z gałęzi RELENG_6.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Na chwilę obecną projekty długoterminowe prowadzone są w gałęzi
|
||||
7.X-CURRENT. Migawki wydań 7.X, obrazujące postęp prac, są cały
|
||||
czas dostępne z
|
||||
<ulink url="ftp://current.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/snapshots/">serwera
|
||||
migawkowego</ulink> jak również na płytach CD.</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2 id="goals">
|
||||
<sect2info>
|
||||
<authorgroup>
|
||||
<author>
|
||||
<firstname>Jordan</firstname>
|
||||
<surname>Hubbard</surname>
|
||||
<contrib>Napisał </contrib>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
</authorgroup>
|
||||
</sect2info>
|
||||
|
||||
<title>Cele Projektu FreeBSD</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>FreeBSD Project</primary>
|
||||
<secondary>goals</secondary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<para>Głównym celem Projektu FreeBSD jest dostarczanie
|
||||
oprogramowania, które może być wykorzystane w dowolny sposób
|
||||
i bez dodatkowych zobowiązań. Wielu z nas ma duży wkład w tworzenie
|
||||
kodu (i rozwój projektu w ogóle) i z pewnością nie miałoby nic
|
||||
przeciw drobnemu wsparciu finansowemu. Tym nie mniej nie wywieramy
|
||||
żadnego nacisku. Wierzymy, że naszą pierwszą i najważniejszą
|
||||
<quote>misją</quote> jest dostarczanie kodu wszystkim tym, ktorzy
|
||||
go potrzebują bez względu na to do czego go wykorzystają, by zyskał
|
||||
on możliwie najszerszą bazę użytkowników dostarczając możliwie
|
||||
największych korzyści. W moim przekonaniu jest to jeden z najbardziej
|
||||
fundamentalnych celów stawianych przed całym Wolnym Oprogramowaniem,
|
||||
a przez nas entuzjastycznie wspierany.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>GNU General Public License (GPL)</primary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)</primary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>BSD Copyright</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<para>Te części kodu w naszym drzewie źródłowym, które udostępniane
|
||||
są na licencji GNU General Public License (GPL) bądź Library General
|
||||
Public License (LGPL) posiadają kilka dodatkowych zobowiązań, choć
|
||||
związanych raczej z wymogiem udostępnienia kodu źródłowego. Z uwagi
|
||||
na dodatkowe komplikacje, które mogą pojawić się w przypadku
|
||||
komercyjnego zastosowania aplikacji na licencji GPL, osobiście
|
||||
skłaniamy się - kiedy jest to możliwe - ku oprogramowaniu
|
||||
dystrybuowanemu przy wykorzystaniu mniej restrykcyjnej licencji
|
||||
BSD.</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2 id="development">
|
||||
<sect2info>
|
||||
<authorgroup>
|
||||
<author>
|
||||
<firstname>Satoshi</firstname>
|
||||
<surname>Asami</surname>
|
||||
<contrib>Napisał </contrib>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
</authorgroup>
|
||||
</sect2info>
|
||||
|
||||
<title>Model rozwoju FreeBSD</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>Projekt FreeBSD</primary>
|
||||
<secondary>model rozwoju</secondary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<para>Rozwój FreeBSD jest otwartym i elastycznym procesem
|
||||
realizowanym przez setki ludzi na całym świecie (patrz
|
||||
<ulink
|
||||
url="&url.articles.contributors;/article.html">Lista
|
||||
współpracowników</ulink>). Infrastruktura systemu rozwoju
|
||||
FreeBSD pozwala tymże setkom projektantów współpracować przez
|
||||
Internet. Tym nie mniej nieustannie poszukujemy nowych
|
||||
projektantów, a także nowych pomysłów. Osoby zainteresowane
|
||||
nawiązaniem bliższej współpracy z projektem mogą kontaktować
|
||||
się z nami bezpośrednio poprzez &a.pl.hackers.b;. Natomiast
|
||||
&a.pl.announce.m; jest również dostępna dla osób chcących
|
||||
poinformować innych użytkowników FreeBSD o głównych
|
||||
obszarach prowadzonych prac.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Oto garść informacji o projekcie FreeBSD i jego procesie
|
||||
rozwoju, przydatnych zarówno niezależnym projektantom jak
|
||||
i bliskim współpracownikom:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>Repozytorium CVS<anchor
|
||||
id="development-cvs-repository"></term>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>CVS</primary>
|
||||
<secondary>repozytorium</secondary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>Concurrent Versions System</primary>
|
||||
<see>CVS</see>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Główne drzewo źródłowe FreeBSD utrzymywane jest w systemie
|
||||
<ulink url="http://ximbiot.com/cvs/wiki/">CVS</ulink>
|
||||
(Concurrent Versions System) - wolnodostępnym narzędziu
|
||||
kontroli wersji kodu źródłowego, dostępnym we FreeBSD.
|
||||
Podstawowe <ulink url="http://www.FreeBSD.org/cgi/cvsweb.cgi">repozytorium
|
||||
CVS</ulink> znajduje się na maszynie zlokalizowanej w Santa Clara w Kalifornii,
|
||||
USA, skąd replikowane jest na serwery lustrzane, rozrzucone po
|
||||
całym świecie. Główne drzewo CVS, zawierające zarówno drzewo
|
||||
<link linkend="current">-CURRENT</link> jak i <link
|
||||
linkend="stable">-STABLE</link>, można łatwo skopiować również
|
||||
na swój własny komputer. Proces ten został dokładniej opisany
|
||||
w podroździale <link linkend="synching">Synchronizacja własnego
|
||||
drzewa kodu źródłowego</link>.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>Lista twórców<anchor
|
||||
id="development-committers"></term>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>twórcy</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><firstterm>Twórcy</firstterm> są ludźmi, którzy posiadają prawa
|
||||
zapisu do drzewa CVS i posiadają upoważnienie do wprowadzania
|
||||
modyfikacji do kodu źródłowego FreeBSD. Angielski odpowiednik
|
||||
terminu <quote>twórca</quote> (ang. committer) pochodzi od
|
||||
polecenia <command>commit</command> systemu &man.cvs.1;,
|
||||
stosowanego do wprowadzania zmian do repozytorium CVS.
|
||||
Najlepszym sposobem przedstawienia własnych propozycji na liście
|
||||
dyskusyjnej twórców jest wykorzystanie polecenia &man.send-pr.1;.
|
||||
Jeśli system sprawia wrażenie zablokowanego można również wysłać
|
||||
e-mail bezpośrednio na &a.pl.committers.b;.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>Główni projektanci FreeBSD<anchor id="development-core"></term>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>zespół główny</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Porównując Projekt FreeBSD z przedsiębiorstwem,
|
||||
<firstterm>zespół główny</firstterm> należałoby porównać
|
||||
z zarządem firmy. Podstawowym zadaniem tejże grupy jest
|
||||
czuwanie nad prawidłowym rozwojem projektu jako całości.
|
||||
Jedną z funkcji grupy jest zapraszanie oddanych i odpowiedzialnych
|
||||
projektantów w szeregi twórców systemu, podobnie jak przyjmowanie
|
||||
w szeregi samej grupy. Obecna grupa została wybrana spośród
|
||||
wszystkich twórców w czerwcu 2004 r. Wybory mają miejsce co
|
||||
dwa lata.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Niektórzy z członków grupy posiadają również dodatkowy
|
||||
zakres obowiązków, tj. czuwają nad zapewnieniem poprawnego
|
||||
funkcjonowania wybranych części systemu. Pełna lista projektantów
|
||||
FreeBSD i ich obowiązków dostępna jest w artykule <ulink
|
||||
url="&url.articles.contributors;/article.html">Lista
|
||||
współpracowników</ulink>.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<note>
|
||||
<para>Większość członków grupy jest ochotnikami, jeśli
|
||||
chodzi o rozwój FreeBSD, i nie otrzymują żadnego wynagrodzenia
|
||||
finansowwego z projektu. Nie należy zatem błędnie
|
||||
interpretować <quote>współpracy</quote> z projektem jako
|
||||
<quote>gwarancji wsparcia</quote>. W tym świetle, powyższe
|
||||
porównanie z <quote>zarządem</quote> nie jest do końca celne.
|
||||
Bardziej odpowiednim byłoby powiedzieć, że są to ludzie,
|
||||
którzy z własnego wyboru oddali swój wolny czas dla
|
||||
FreeBSD!</para>
|
||||
</note>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>Zewnętrzni współpracownicy</term>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>współpracownicy</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Co prawda jako ostatnia, ale zdecydowanie nie jako
|
||||
najmniej istotna, omówiona zostanie grupa współpracowników
|
||||
zewnętrznych, czyli samych użytkowników, którzy dostarczają
|
||||
na bieżąco informacji o funkcjonowaniu systemu oraz poprawek
|
||||
wykrytych błędów. Najlepszym sposobem na udział w rozwoju
|
||||
FreeBSD jest subskrypcja &a.pl.hackers.d;. <xref
|
||||
linkend="eresources"> zawiera więcej informacji o różnorodnych
|
||||
listach dyskusyjnych FreeBSD.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para><citetitle><ulink
|
||||
url="&url.articles.contributors;/article.html">Lista współpracowników
|
||||
FreeBSD</ulink></citetitle> cały czas rośnie. Czemu by nie dołączyć
|
||||
do listy pomagając w pracy nad FreeBSD już dzisiaj?</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Pisanie kodu nie jest jedyną formą współpracy z projektem:
|
||||
kompletna lista rzeczy, które trzeba zrobić dostępna jest na
|
||||
<ulink url="&url.base;/index.html">stronie Projektu
|
||||
FreeBSD</ulink>.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Reasumując, nasz model rozwoju zorganizowany jest jako niezależne,
|
||||
współcentryczne okręgi. Zcentralizowany model ma za zadanie ułatwić
|
||||
<emphasis>użytkownikom</emphasis> FreeBSD śledzenie zmian w kodzie.
|
||||
Odstraszanie potencjalnych współpracowników nie jest naszym celem!
|
||||
Pragniemy dostarczać stabilny system operacyjny z dużą bazą łatwych
|
||||
do instalacji i wykorzystania <link linkend="ports">programów</link>
|
||||
— ten model doskonale się w tym spisuje.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Jedyne o co prosimy tych, którzy mieliby wstąpić w szeregi
|
||||
projektantów FreeBSD, jest oddanie takie same jakie cechuje ich
|
||||
obecnych twórców.</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2 id="relnotes">
|
||||
<title>Aktualne wydanie FreeBSD</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>NetBSD</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>OpenBSD</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>386BSD</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Free Software Foundation</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Uniwersytet Kalifornijski w Berkeley</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>Computer Systems Research Group (CSRG)</primary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<para>FreeBSD jest łatwo dostępnym systemem operacyjnym, bazującym
|
||||
na kodzie 4.4BSD-Lite, dla następujących platform sprzętowych:
|
||||
Intel &i386;, &i486;, &pentium;,
|
||||
&pentium; Pro,
|
||||
&celeron;,
|
||||
&pentium; II,
|
||||
&pentium; III,
|
||||
&pentium; 4 (bądź inny zgodny),
|
||||
&xeon;, DEC <trademark>Alpha</trademark>
|
||||
oraz Sun &ultrasparc;. Opiera się on przede wszystkim na oprogramowaniu
|
||||
grupy CSRG z Uniwersytetu Kalifornijskiego w Berkeley, rozszerzonym o dodatkowe
|
||||
elementy z NetBSD, OpenBSD, 386BSD i Free Software Foundation.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Począwszy od wydania FreeBSD 2.0 w końcu 1994 r., nastąpiła
|
||||
dramatyczna poprawa wydajności, możliwości i stabilności systemu.
|
||||
<!-- XXX is the rest of this paragraph still true ? -->
|
||||
<!-- Ja tu tylko tlumacze :) -->
|
||||
Największą zmianą była całkowita reformacja systemu wirtualnej pamięci
|
||||
wraz ze współdzieloną pamięcią podręczną <quote>VM/buffer cache</quote>,
|
||||
która nie tylko wpłynęła na wzrost wydajności ale również zmniejszenie
|
||||
minimalnego miejsca zajmowanego w pamięci przez FreeBSD —
|
||||
5 MB jest już akceptowalnym minimum. Inne rozszerzenia to m.in.
|
||||
kompletna obsługa klienta i serwera NIS, wsparcie dla transakcji TCP,
|
||||
wdzwanianie na żądanie PPP, zintegrowana obsługa DHCP, usprawniony
|
||||
podsystem SCSI, obsługa ISDN, ATM, FDDI, Fast i Gigabit Ethernet
|
||||
(100 i 1000 Mbit). Usprawniona obsługa najnowszych kontrolerów
|
||||
Adaptec i tysiące poprawionych błędów.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Oprócz podstawowej grupy aplikacji dystrybuowanych wraz z
|
||||
systemem, FreeBSD oferuje kolekcję tysięcy dodatkowych programów.
|
||||
W momencie pisania niniejszego tekstu ich lista obejmuje ponad &os.numports;
|
||||
pozycji! Od serwerów http (WWW) poprzez gry po edytory i prawie wszystko
|
||||
pomiędzy. Cała Kolekcja Portów zajmuje około &ports.size; na dysku, przy
|
||||
czym każdy port to zaledwie ułamek oryginalnej objętości źródeł. Takie
|
||||
rozwiązanie ułatwia man aktualizację portów i zdecydowanie zmniejsza
|
||||
zajmowaną przestrzeń na dysku. Kompilacja portu sprowadza się do zmiany
|
||||
katalogu na zawierający port wybranego programu i wpisanie
|
||||
<command>make install</command>. Resztą zajmuje się system. Oryginalne
|
||||
pakiety źródeł dla każdego kompilowanego portu pobierane są dynamicznie z
|
||||
płyty CDROM bądź lokalnego serwera FTP. Wystarczy zadbać o dostateczną
|
||||
ilość wolnego miejsca na dysku. Dla osób nie mających ochoty kompilować
|
||||
programów własnoręcznie, większość portów jest również dostępna w
|
||||
skompilowanej postaci jako <quote>pakiety</quote>, które mogą być
|
||||
instalowane przy pomocy prostego polecenia <command>pkg_add</command>.
|
||||
Więcej informacji o systemie pakietów i portów zawiera <xref
|
||||
linkend="ports">.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Dodatkowe dokumenty pomocne przy instalacji i użytkowaniu FreeBSD
|
||||
znajdują się również w katalogu <filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>
|
||||
na maszynach z najnowszymi wersjami FreeBSD. Mogą być przeglądane
|
||||
lokalnie za pomocą przeglądarki internetowej przy wykorzystaniu
|
||||
poniższych odnośników:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>Podręczki FreeBSD (ang.)</term>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink type="html"
|
||||
url="file://localhost/usr/share/doc/handbook/index.html"><filename>/usr/share/doc/handbook/index.html</filename></ulink></para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>FAQ FreeBSD (ang.)</term>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><ulink type="html"
|
||||
url="file://localhost/usr/share/doc/faq/index.html"><filename>/usr/share/doc/faq/index.html</filename></ulink></para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Główne i najczęściej aktualizowane wersje dokumentów dostępne
|
||||
są na stronie <ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.FreeBSD.org/"></ulink>.</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
Local Variables:
|
||||
mode: sgml
|
||||
sgml-declaration: "../chapter.decl"
|
||||
sgml-indent-data: t
|
||||
sgml-omittag: nil
|
||||
sgml-always-quote-attributes: t
|
||||
sgml-parent-document: ("../book.sgml" "part" "chapter")
|
||||
End:
|
||||
-->
|
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/kernelconfig/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/kernelconfig/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= kernelconfig/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
1432
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/kernelconfig/chapter.sgml
Normal file
1432
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/kernelconfig/chapter.sgml
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/l10n/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/l10n/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= l10n/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
940
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/l10n/chapter.sgml
Normal file
940
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/l10n/chapter.sgml
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,940 @@
|
|||
<!--
|
||||
The FreeBSD Documentation Project
|
||||
|
||||
$FreeBSD$
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="l10n">
|
||||
<chapterinfo>
|
||||
<authorgroup>
|
||||
<author>
|
||||
<firstname>Andrey</firstname>
|
||||
<surname>Chernov</surname>
|
||||
<contrib>Contributed by </contrib>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
</authorgroup>
|
||||
<authorgroup>
|
||||
<author>
|
||||
<firstname>Michael C.</firstname>
|
||||
<surname>Wu</surname>
|
||||
<contrib>Rewritten by </contrib>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
<!-- 30 Nv 2000 -->
|
||||
</authorgroup>
|
||||
</chapterinfo>
|
||||
|
||||
<title>Localization - I18N/L10N Usage and Setup</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="l10n-synopsis">
|
||||
<title>Synopsis</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>FreeBSD is a very distributed project with users and
|
||||
contributors located all over the world. This chapter discusses
|
||||
the internationalization and localization features of FreeBSD
|
||||
that allow non-English speaking users to get real work done.
|
||||
There are many aspects of the i18n implementation in both the system
|
||||
and application levels, so where applicable we refer the reader
|
||||
to more specific sources of documentation.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>After reading this chapter, you will know:</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem><para>How different languages and locales are encoded
|
||||
on modern operating systems.</para></listitem>
|
||||
<listitem><para>How to set the locale for your login
|
||||
shell.</para></listitem>
|
||||
<listitem><para>How to configure your console for non-English
|
||||
languages.</para></listitem>
|
||||
<listitem><para>How to use X Window System effectively with different
|
||||
languages.</para></listitem>
|
||||
<listitem><para>Where to find more information about writing
|
||||
i18n-compliant applications.</para></listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Before reading this chapter, you should:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem><para>Know how to install additional third-party
|
||||
applications (<xref linkend="ports">).</para></listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="l10n-basics">
|
||||
<title>The Basics</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2>
|
||||
<title>What Is I18N/L10N?</title>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>internationalization</primary>
|
||||
<see>localization</see>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>localization</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Developers shortened internationalization into the term I18N,
|
||||
counting the number of letters between the first and the last
|
||||
letters of internationalization. L10N uses the same naming
|
||||
scheme, coming from <quote>localization</quote>. Combined
|
||||
together, I18N/L10N methods, protocols, and applications allow
|
||||
users to use languages of their choice.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>I18N applications are programmed using I18N kits under
|
||||
libraries. It allows for developers to write a simple file and
|
||||
translate displayed menus and texts to each language. We strongly
|
||||
encourage programmers to follow this convention.</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2>
|
||||
<title>Why Should I Use I18N/L10N?</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>I18N/L10N is used whenever you wish to either view, input, or
|
||||
process data in non-English languages.</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2>
|
||||
<title>What Languages Are Supported in the I18N Effort?</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>I18N and L10N are not FreeBSD specific. Currently, one can
|
||||
choose from most of the major languages of the World, including
|
||||
but not limited to: Chinese, German, Japanese, Korean, French,
|
||||
Russian, Vietnamese and others.</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="using-localization">
|
||||
<title>Using Localization</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>In all its splendor, I18N is not FreeBSD-specific and is a
|
||||
convention. We encourage you to help FreeBSD in following this
|
||||
convention.</para>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>locale</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Localization settings are based on three main terms:
|
||||
Language Code, Country Code, and Encoding. Locale names are
|
||||
constructed from these parts as follows:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting><replaceable>LanguageCode</replaceable>_<replaceable>CountryCode</replaceable>.<replaceable>Encoding</replaceable></programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2>
|
||||
<title>Language and Country Codes</title>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>language codes</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>country codes</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>In order to localize a FreeBSD system to a specific language
|
||||
(or any other I18N-supporting &unix; like systems), the user needs to find out
|
||||
the codes for the specify country and language (country
|
||||
codes tell applications what variation of given
|
||||
language to use). In addition, web
|
||||
browsers, SMTP/POP servers, web servers, etc. make decisions based on
|
||||
them. The following are examples of language/country codes:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<informaltable frame="none" pgwide="1">
|
||||
<tgroup cols="2">
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>Language/Country Code</entry>
|
||||
<entry>Description</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>en_US</entry>
|
||||
<entry>English - United States</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>ru_RU</entry>
|
||||
<entry>Russian for Russia</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>zh_TW</entry>
|
||||
<entry>Traditional Chinese for Taiwan</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</tgroup>
|
||||
</informaltable>
|
||||
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2>
|
||||
<title>Encodings</title>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>encodings</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>ASCII</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Some languages use non-ASCII encodings that are 8-bit, wide
|
||||
or multibyte characters, see &man.multibyte.3; for more
|
||||
details. Older applications do not recognize them
|
||||
and mistake them for control characters. Newer applications
|
||||
usually do recognize 8-bit characters. Depending on the
|
||||
implementation, users may be required to compile an application
|
||||
with wide or multibyte characters support, or configure it correctly.
|
||||
To be able to input and process wide or multibyte characters, the <ulink
|
||||
url="&url.base;/ports/index.html">FreeBSD Ports Collection</ulink> has provided
|
||||
each language with different programs. Refer to the I18N
|
||||
documentation in the respective FreeBSD Port.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Specifically, the user needs to look at the application
|
||||
documentation to decide on how to configure it correctly or to
|
||||
pass correct values into the configure/Makefile/compiler.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Some things to keep in mind are:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Language specific single C chars character sets
|
||||
(see &man.multibyte.3;), e.g.
|
||||
ISO8859-1, ISO8859-15, KOI8-R, CP437.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Wide or multibyte encodings, e.g. EUC, Big5.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>You can check the active list of character sets at the
|
||||
<ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets">IANA Registry</ulink>.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<note>
|
||||
<para>&os; use X11-compatible locale encodings instead.</para>
|
||||
</note>
|
||||
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2>
|
||||
<title>I18N Applications</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>In the FreeBSD Ports and Package system, I18N applications
|
||||
have been named with <literal>I18N</literal> in their names for
|
||||
easy identification. However, they do not always support the
|
||||
language needed.</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2 id="setting-locale">
|
||||
<title>Setting Locale</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Usually it is sufficient to export the value of the locale name
|
||||
as <envar>LANG</envar> in the login shell. This could be done in
|
||||
the user's <filename>~/.login_conf</filename> file or in the
|
||||
startup file of the user's shell (<filename>~/.profile</filename>,
|
||||
<filename>~/.bashrc</filename>, <filename>~/.cshrc</filename>).
|
||||
There is no need to set the locale subsets such as
|
||||
<envar>LC_CTYPE</envar>, <envar>LC_CTIME</envar>. Please
|
||||
refer to language-specific FreeBSD documentation for more
|
||||
information.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>You should set the following two environment variables in your configuration
|
||||
files:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>POSIX</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><envar>LANG</envar> for &posix; &man.setlocale.3; family
|
||||
functions</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>MIME</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><envar>MM_CHARSET</envar> for applications' MIME character
|
||||
set</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>This includes the user shell configuration, the specific application
|
||||
configuration, and the X11 configuration.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect3>
|
||||
<title>Setting Locale Methods</title>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>locale</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>login class</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>There are two methods for setting locale, and both are
|
||||
described below. The first (recommended one) is by assigning
|
||||
the environment variables in <link linkend="login-class">login
|
||||
class</link>, and the second is by adding the environment
|
||||
variable assignments to the system's shell <link
|
||||
linkend="startup-file">startup file</link>.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect4 id="login-class">
|
||||
<title>Login Classes Method</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>This method allows environment variables needed for locale
|
||||
name and MIME character sets to be assigned once for every
|
||||
possible shell instead of adding specific shell assignments to
|
||||
each shell's startup file. <link linkend="usr-setup">User
|
||||
Level Setup</link> can be done by an user himself and <link
|
||||
linkend="adm-setup">Administrator Level Setup</link> require
|
||||
superuser privileges.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect5 id="usr-setup">
|
||||
<title>User Level Setup</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Here is a minimal example of a
|
||||
<filename>.login_conf</filename> file in user's home
|
||||
directory which has both variables set for Latin-1
|
||||
encoding:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>me:\
|
||||
:charset=ISO-8859-1:\
|
||||
:lang=de_DE.ISO8859-1:</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Traditional Chinese</primary><secondary>BIG-5 encoding</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<para>Here is an example of a
|
||||
<filename>.login_conf</filename> that sets the variables
|
||||
for Traditional Chinese in BIG-5 encoding. Notice the many
|
||||
more variables set because some software does not respect
|
||||
locale variables correctly for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>#Users who do not wish to use monetary units or time formats
|
||||
#of Taiwan can manually change each variable
|
||||
me:\
|
||||
:lang=zh_TW.Big5:\
|
||||
:lc_all=zh_TW.Big:\
|
||||
:lc_collate=zh_TW.Big5:\
|
||||
:lc_ctype=zh_TW.Big5:\
|
||||
:lc_messages=zh_TW.Big5:\
|
||||
:lc_monetary=zh_TW.Big5:\
|
||||
:lc_numeric=zh_TW.Big5:\
|
||||
:lc_time=zh_TW.Big5:\
|
||||
:charset=big5:\
|
||||
:xmodifiers="@im=xcin": #Setting the XIM Input Server</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>See <link linkend="adm-setup">Administrator Level
|
||||
Setup</link> and &man.login.conf.5; for more details.</para>
|
||||
</sect5>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect5 id="adm-setup">
|
||||
<title>Administrator Level Setup</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Verify that the user's login class in
|
||||
<filename>/etc/login.conf</filename> sets the correct
|
||||
language. Make sure these settings
|
||||
appear in <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename>:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting><replaceable>language_name</replaceable>:<replaceable>accounts_title</replaceable>:\
|
||||
:charset=<replaceable>MIME_charset</replaceable>:\
|
||||
:lang=<replaceable>locale_name</replaceable>:\
|
||||
:tc=default:</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>So sticking with our previous example using Latin-1, it
|
||||
would look like this:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>german:German Users Accounts:\
|
||||
:charset=ISO-8859-1:\
|
||||
:lang=de_DE.ISO8859-1:\
|
||||
:tc=default:</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Before changing users Login Classes execute
|
||||
the following command</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>to make new configuration in
|
||||
<filename>/etc/login.conf</filename> visible to the system.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<bridgehead renderas=sect4>Changing Login Classes with &man.vipw.8;</bridgehead>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary><command>vipw</command></primary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<para>Use <command>vipw</command> to add new users, and make
|
||||
the entry look like this:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>user:password:1111:11:<replaceable>language</replaceable>:0:0:User Name:/home/user:/bin/sh</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<bridgehead renderas=sect4>Changing Login Classes with &man.adduser.8;</bridgehead>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary><command>adduser</command></primary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>login class</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<para>Use <command>adduser</command> to add new users, and do
|
||||
the following:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Set <literal>defaultclass =
|
||||
<replaceable>language</replaceable></literal> in
|
||||
<filename>/etc/adduser.conf</filename>. Keep in mind
|
||||
you must enter a <literal>default</literal> class for
|
||||
all users of other languages in this case.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>An alternative variant is answering the specified
|
||||
language each time that
|
||||
<screen><prompt>Enter login class: default []: </prompt></screen>
|
||||
appears from &man.adduser.8;.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Another alternative is to use the following for each
|
||||
user of a different language that you wish to
|
||||
add:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>adduser -class <replaceable>language</replaceable></userinput></screen>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
||||
<bridgehead renderas=sect4>Changing Login Classes with &man.pw.8;</bridgehead>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary><command>pw</command></primary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<para>If you use &man.pw.8; for adding new users, call it in
|
||||
this form:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>pw useradd <replaceable>user_name</replaceable> -L <replaceable>language</replaceable></userinput></screen>
|
||||
</sect5>
|
||||
</sect4>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect4 id="startup-file">
|
||||
<title>Shell Startup File Method</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<note>
|
||||
<para>This method is not recommended because it requires a
|
||||
different setup for each possible shell program chosen. Use
|
||||
the <link linkend="login-class">Login Class Method</link>
|
||||
instead.</para>
|
||||
</note>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>MIME</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>locale</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<para>To add the locale name and MIME character set, just set
|
||||
the two environment variables shown below in the
|
||||
<filename>/etc/profile</filename> and/or
|
||||
<filename>/etc/csh.login</filename> shell startup files. We
|
||||
will use the German language as an example below:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>In <filename>/etc/profile</filename>:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting><envar>LANG=de_DE.ISO8859-1; export LANG</envar>
|
||||
<envar>MM_CHARSET=ISO-8859-1; export MM_CHARSET</envar></programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Or in <filename>/etc/csh.login</filename>:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting><envar>setenv LANG de_DE.ISO8859-1</envar>
|
||||
<envar>setenv MM_CHARSET ISO-8859-1</envar></programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Alternatively, you can add the above instructions to
|
||||
<filename>/usr/share/skel/dot.profile</filename> (similar to
|
||||
what was used in <filename>/etc/profile</filename> above), or
|
||||
<filename>/usr/share/skel/dot.login</filename> (similar to
|
||||
what was used in <filename>/etc/csh.login</filename>
|
||||
above).</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>For X11:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>In <filename>$HOME/.xinitrc</filename>:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting><envar>LANG=de_DE.ISO8859-1; export LANG</envar></programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Or:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting><envar>setenv LANG de_DE.ISO8859-1</envar></programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Depending on your shell (see above).</para>
|
||||
|
||||
</sect4>
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2 id="setting-console">
|
||||
<title>Console Setup</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>For all single C chars character sets, set the correct
|
||||
console fonts in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> for the
|
||||
language in question with:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>font8x16=<replaceable>font_name</replaceable>
|
||||
font8x14=<replaceable>font_name</replaceable>
|
||||
font8x8=<replaceable>font_name</replaceable></programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The <replaceable>font_name</replaceable> here is taken from
|
||||
the <filename>/usr/share/syscons/fonts</filename> directory,
|
||||
without the <filename>.fnt</filename> suffix.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary><application>sysinstall</application></primary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>keymap</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>screenmap</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<para>Also be sure to set the correct keymap and screenmap for your
|
||||
single C chars character set through
|
||||
<command>sysinstall</command> (<command>/stand/sysinstall</command>
|
||||
in &os; versions older than 5.2).
|
||||
Once inside <application>sysinstall</application>, choose <guimenuitem>Configure</guimenuitem>, then
|
||||
<guimenuitem>Console</guimenuitem>. Alternatively, you can add the
|
||||
following to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>scrnmap=<replaceable>screenmap_name</replaceable>
|
||||
keymap=<replaceable>keymap_name</replaceable>
|
||||
keychange="<replaceable>fkey_number sequence</replaceable>"</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The <replaceable>screenmap_name</replaceable> here is taken
|
||||
from the <filename>/usr/share/syscons/scrnmaps</filename>
|
||||
directory, without the <filename>.scm</filename> suffix. A
|
||||
screenmap with a corresponding mapped font is usually needed as a
|
||||
workaround for expanding bit 8 to bit 9 on a VGA adapter's font
|
||||
character matrix in pseudographics area, i.e., to move letters out
|
||||
of that area if screen font uses a bit 8 column.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>If you have the <application>moused</application> daemon
|
||||
enabled by setting the following
|
||||
in your <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>moused_enable="YES"</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>then examine the mouse cursor information in the next
|
||||
paragraph.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary><application>moused</application></primary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<para>By default the mouse cursor of the &man.syscons.4; driver occupies the
|
||||
0xd0-0xd3 range in the character set. If your language uses this
|
||||
range, you need to move the cursor's range outside of it. To enable
|
||||
the workaround for &os;, add the following line to
|
||||
<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>mousechar_start=3</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The <replaceable>keymap_name</replaceable> here is taken from
|
||||
the <filename>/usr/share/syscons/keymaps</filename> directory,
|
||||
without the <filename>.kbd</filename> suffix. If you are
|
||||
uncertain which keymap to use, you use can &man.kbdmap.1; to test
|
||||
keymaps without rebooting.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The <literal>keychange</literal> is usually needed to program
|
||||
function keys to match the selected terminal type because
|
||||
function key sequences cannot be defined in the key map.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Also be sure to set the correct console terminal type in
|
||||
<filename>/etc/ttys</filename> for all <literal>ttyv*</literal>
|
||||
entries. Current pre-defined correspondences are:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<informaltable frame="none" pgwide="1">
|
||||
<tgroup cols="2">
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>Character Set</entry>
|
||||
<entry>Terminal Type</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>ISO8859-1 or ISO8859-15</entry>
|
||||
<entry><literal>cons25l1</literal></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>ISO8859-2</entry>
|
||||
<entry><literal>cons25l2</literal></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>ISO8859-7</entry>
|
||||
<entry><literal>cons25l7</literal></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>KOI8-R</entry>
|
||||
<entry><literal>cons25r</literal></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>KOI8-U</entry>
|
||||
<entry><literal>cons25u</literal></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>CP437 (VGA default)</entry>
|
||||
<entry><literal>cons25</literal></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>US-ASCII</entry>
|
||||
<entry><literal>cons25w</literal></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</tgroup>
|
||||
</informaltable>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>For wide or multibyte characters languages, use the correct
|
||||
FreeBSD port in your
|
||||
<filename>/usr/ports/<replaceable>language</replaceable></filename>
|
||||
directory. Some ports appear as console while the system sees it
|
||||
as serial vtty's, hence you must reserve enough vtty's for both
|
||||
X11 and the pseudo-serial console. Here is a partial list of
|
||||
applications for using other languages in console:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<informaltable frame="none" pgwide="1">
|
||||
<tgroup cols="2">
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>Language</entry>
|
||||
<entry>Location</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>Traditional Chinese (BIG-5)</entry>
|
||||
<entry><filename role="package">chinese/big5con</filename></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>Japanese</entry>
|
||||
<entry><filename role="package">japanese/kon2-16dot</filename> or
|
||||
<filename role="package">japanese/mule-freewnn</filename></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>Korean</entry>
|
||||
<entry><filename role="package">korean/han</filename></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</tgroup>
|
||||
</informaltable>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2>
|
||||
<title>X11 Setup</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Although X11 is not part of the FreeBSD Project, we have
|
||||
included some information here for FreeBSD users. For more
|
||||
details, refer to the <ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.x.org/">&xorg;
|
||||
web site</ulink> or whichever X11 Server you use.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>In <filename>~/.Xresources</filename>, you can additionally
|
||||
tune application specific I18N settings (e.g., fonts, menus,
|
||||
etc.).</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect3>
|
||||
<title>Displaying Fonts</title>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>X11 True Type font server</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<para>Install <application>&xorg;</application> server
|
||||
(<filename role="package">x11-servers/xorg-server</filename>)
|
||||
or <application>&xfree86;</application> server
|
||||
(<filename role="package">x11-servers/XFree86-4-Server</filename>),
|
||||
then install the language &truetype; fonts. Setting the correct
|
||||
locale should allow you to view your selected language in menus
|
||||
and such.</para>
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect3>
|
||||
<title>Inputting Non-English Characters</title>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>X11 Input Method (XIM)</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<para>The X11 Input Method (XIM) Protocol is a new standard for
|
||||
all X11 clients. All X11 applications should be written as XIM
|
||||
clients that take input from XIM Input servers. There are
|
||||
several XIM servers available for different languages.</para>
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2>
|
||||
<title>Printer Setup</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Some single C chars character sets are usually hardware
|
||||
coded into printers. Wide or multibyte
|
||||
character sets require special setup and we recommend using
|
||||
<application>apsfilter</application>. You may also convert the
|
||||
document to &postscript; or PDF formats using language specific
|
||||
converters.</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2>
|
||||
<title>Kernel and File Systems</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The FreeBSD fast filesystem (FFS) is 8-bit clean, so it can be used
|
||||
with any single C chars character set (see &man.multibyte.3;),
|
||||
but there is no character set
|
||||
name stored in the filesystem; i.e., it is raw 8-bit and does not
|
||||
know anything about encoding order. Officially, FFS does not
|
||||
support any form of wide or multibyte character sets yet. However, some
|
||||
wide or multibyte character sets have independent patches for FFS
|
||||
enabling such support. They are only temporary unportable
|
||||
solutions or hacks and we have decided to not include them in the
|
||||
source tree. Refer to respective languages' web sites for more
|
||||
information and the patch files.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>DOS</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Unicode</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<para>The FreeBSD &ms-dos; filesystem has the configurable ability to
|
||||
convert between &ms-dos;, Unicode character sets and chosen
|
||||
FreeBSD filesystem character sets. See &man.mount.msdos.8; for
|
||||
details.</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="l10n-compiling">
|
||||
<title>Compiling I18N Programs</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Many FreeBSD Ports have been ported with I18N support. Some
|
||||
of them are marked with -I18N in the port name. These and many
|
||||
other programs have built in support for I18N and need no special
|
||||
consideration.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary><application>MySQL</application></primary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<para>However, some applications such as
|
||||
<application>MySQL</application> need to be have the
|
||||
<filename>Makefile</filename> configured with the specific
|
||||
charset. This is usually done in the
|
||||
<filename>Makefile</filename> or done by passing a value to
|
||||
<application>configure</application> in the source.</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="lang-setup">
|
||||
<title>Localizing FreeBSD to Specific Languages</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2 id="ru-localize">
|
||||
<sect2info>
|
||||
<authorgroup>
|
||||
<author>
|
||||
<firstname>Andrey</firstname>
|
||||
<surname>Chernov</surname>
|
||||
<contrib>Originally contributed by </contrib>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
</authorgroup>
|
||||
</sect2info>
|
||||
<title>Russian Language (KOI8-R Encoding)</title>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>localization</primary>
|
||||
<secondary>Russian</secondary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>For more information about KOI8-R encoding, see the <ulink
|
||||
url="http://koi8.pp.ru/">KOI8-R References
|
||||
(Russian Net Character Set)</ulink>.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect3>
|
||||
<title>Locale Setup</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Put the following lines into your
|
||||
<filename>~/.login_conf</filename> file:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>me:My Account:\
|
||||
:charset=KOI8-R:\
|
||||
:lang=ru_RU.KOI8-R:</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>See earlier in this chapter for examples of setting up the
|
||||
<link linkend="setting-locale">locale</link>.</para>
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect3>
|
||||
<title>Console Setup</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Add the following line
|
||||
to your <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> file:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>mousechar_start=3</programlisting>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Also, use following settings in
|
||||
<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>keymap="ru.koi8-r"
|
||||
scrnmap="koi8-r2cp866"
|
||||
font8x16="cp866b-8x16"
|
||||
font8x14="cp866-8x14"
|
||||
font8x8="cp866-8x8"</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>For each <literal>ttyv*</literal> entry in
|
||||
<filename>/etc/ttys</filename>, use
|
||||
<literal>cons25r</literal> as the terminal type.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>See earlier in this chapter for examples of setting up the
|
||||
<link linkend="setting-console">console</link>.</para>
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect3>
|
||||
<title>Printer Setup</title>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>printers</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<para>Since most printers with Russian characters come with
|
||||
hardware code page CP866, a special output filter is needed
|
||||
to convert from KOI8-R to CP866. Such a filter is installed by
|
||||
default as <filename>/usr/libexec/lpr/ru/koi2alt</filename>.
|
||||
A Russian printer <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> entry
|
||||
should look like:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>lp|Russian local line printer:\
|
||||
:sh:of=/usr/libexec/lpr/ru/koi2alt:\
|
||||
:lp=/dev/lpt0:sd=/var/spool/output/lpd:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>See &man.printcap.5; for a detailed description.</para>
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect3>
|
||||
<title>&ms-dos; FS and Russian Filenames</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The following example &man.fstab.5; entry enables support
|
||||
for Russian filenames in mounted &ms-dos; filesystems:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>/dev/ad0s2 /dos/c msdos rw,-Wkoi2dos,-Lru_RU.KOI8-R 0 0</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The option <option>-L</option> selects the locale name
|
||||
used, and <option>-W</option> sets the character conversion
|
||||
table. To use the <option>-W</option> option, be sure to
|
||||
mount <filename>/usr</filename> before the &ms-dos; partition
|
||||
because the conversion tables are located in
|
||||
<filename>/usr/libdata/msdosfs</filename>. For more
|
||||
information, see the &man.mount.msdos.8; manual
|
||||
page.</para>
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect3>
|
||||
<title>X11 Setup</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<orderedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Do <link linkend="setting-locale">non-X locale
|
||||
setup</link> first as described.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>If you use <application>&xorg;</application>,
|
||||
install
|
||||
<filename role="package">x11-fonts/xorg-fonts-cyrillic</filename>
|
||||
package.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Check the <literal>"Files"</literal> section
|
||||
in your <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename> file.
|
||||
The following
|
||||
lines must be added <emphasis>before</emphasis> any other
|
||||
<literal>FontPath</literal> entries:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>FontPath "/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/fonts/cyrillic/misc"
|
||||
FontPath "/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/fonts/cyrillic/75dpi"
|
||||
FontPath "/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/fonts/cyrillic/100dpi"</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>If you use a high resolution video mode, swap the 75 dpi
|
||||
and 100 dpi lines.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>To activate a Russian keyboard, add the following to the
|
||||
<literal>"Keyboard"</literal> section of your
|
||||
<filename>xorg.conf</filename> file.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>Option "XkbLayout" "us,ru"
|
||||
Option "XkbOptions" "grp:toggle"</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Also make sure that <literal>XkbDisable</literal> is
|
||||
turned off (commented out) there.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>For <literal>grp:caps_toggle</literal>
|
||||
the RUS/LAT switch will be <keycap>CapsLock</keycap>.
|
||||
The old <keycap>CapsLock</keycap> function is still
|
||||
available via <keycombo action="simul"><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>CapsLock</keycap></keycombo> (in LAT mode
|
||||
only). For <literal>grp:toggle</literal>
|
||||
the RUS/LAT switch will be <keycap>Right Alt</keycap>.
|
||||
<literal>grp:caps_toggle</literal> does not work in
|
||||
<application>&xorg;</application> for unknown reason.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>If you have <quote>&windows;</quote> keys on your keyboard,
|
||||
and notice that some non-alphabetical keys are mapped
|
||||
incorrectly in RUS mode, add the following line in your
|
||||
<filename>xorg.conf</filename> file.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>Option "XkbVariant" ",winkeys"</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<note>
|
||||
<para>The Russian XKB keyboard may not work with non-localized
|
||||
applications.</para>
|
||||
</note>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</orderedlist>
|
||||
<note>
|
||||
<para>Minimally localized applications
|
||||
should call a <function>XtSetLanguageProc (NULL, NULL,
|
||||
NULL);</function> function early in the program.</para>
|
||||
<para>See <ulink
|
||||
url="http://koi8.pp.ru/xwin.html">
|
||||
KOI8-R for X Window</ulink> for more instructions on
|
||||
localizing X11 applications.</para>
|
||||
</note>
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2>
|
||||
<title>Traditional Chinese Localization for Taiwan</title>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>localization</primary>
|
||||
<secondary>Traditional Chinese</secondary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<para>The FreeBSD-Taiwan Project has an Chinese HOWTO for
|
||||
FreeBSD at <ulink url="http://netlab.cse.yzu.edu.tw/~statue/freebsd/zh-tut/"></ulink>
|
||||
using many Chinese ports.
|
||||
Current editor for the <literal>FreeBSD Chinese HOWTO</literal> is
|
||||
Shen Chuan-Hsing <email>statue@freebsd.sinica.edu.tw</email>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Chuan-Hsing Shen <email>statue@freebsd.sinica.edu.tw</email> has
|
||||
created the <ulink url="http://netlab.cse.yzu.edu.tw/~statue/cfc/">
|
||||
Chinese FreeBSD Collection (CFC)</ulink> using FreeBSD-Taiwan's
|
||||
<literal>zh-L10N-tut</literal>. The packages and the script files
|
||||
are available at <ulink url="ftp://freebsd.csie.nctu.edu.tw/pub/taiwan/CFC/"></ulink>.</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2>
|
||||
<title>German Language Localization (for All ISO 8859-1
|
||||
Languages)</title>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>localization</primary>
|
||||
<secondary>German</secondary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Slaven Rezic <email>eserte@cs.tu-berlin.de</email> wrote a
|
||||
tutorial how to use umlauts on a FreeBSD machine. The tutorial
|
||||
is written in German and available at
|
||||
<ulink url="http://www.de.FreeBSD.org/de/umlaute/"></ulink>.</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2>
|
||||
<title>Japanese and Korean Language Localization</title>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>localization</primary>
|
||||
<secondary>Japanese</secondary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm>
|
||||
<primary>localization</primary>
|
||||
<secondary>Korean</secondary>
|
||||
</indexterm>
|
||||
<para>For Japanese, refer to
|
||||
<ulink url="http://www.jp.FreeBSD.org/"></ulink>,
|
||||
and for Korean, refer to
|
||||
<ulink url="http://www.kr.FreeBSD.org/"></ulink>.</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect2>
|
||||
<title>Non-English FreeBSD Documentation</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Some FreeBSD contributors have translated parts of FreeBSD to
|
||||
other languages. They are available through links on the <ulink
|
||||
url="&url.base;/index.html">main site</ulink> or in
|
||||
<filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>.</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
Local Variables:
|
||||
mode: sgml
|
||||
sgml-declaration: "../chapter.decl"
|
||||
sgml-indent-data: t
|
||||
sgml-omittag: nil
|
||||
sgml-always-quote-attributes: t
|
||||
sgml-parent-document: ("../book.sgml" "part" "chapter")
|
||||
End:
|
||||
-->
|
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/linuxemu/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/linuxemu/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= linuxemu/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
3357
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/linuxemu/chapter.sgml
Normal file
3357
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/linuxemu/chapter.sgml
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/mac/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/mac/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= mac/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
2182
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/mac/chapter.sgml
Normal file
2182
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/mac/chapter.sgml
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/mail/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/mail/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= mail/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
2323
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/mail/chapter.sgml
Normal file
2323
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/mail/chapter.sgml
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/mirrors/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/mirrors/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= mirrors/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
3207
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/mirrors/chapter.sgml
Normal file
3207
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/mirrors/chapter.sgml
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/multimedia/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/multimedia/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= multimedia/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
1798
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/multimedia/chapter.sgml
Normal file
1798
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/multimedia/chapter.sgml
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/network-servers/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/network-servers/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= network-servers/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
4764
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/network-servers/chapter.sgml
Normal file
4764
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/network-servers/chapter.sgml
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
19
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/pgpkeys/Makefile
Normal file
19
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/pgpkeys/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= pgpkeys/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
PGPKEYS!= perl -ne 'm/\"([\w-]+.key)\"/ && print "$$1\n"' \
|
||||
${DOC_PREFIX}/share/pgpkeys/pgpkeys.ent
|
||||
SRCS+= ${PGPKEYS}
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
50
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/pgpkeys/chapter.sgml
Normal file
50
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/pgpkeys/chapter.sgml
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
|
|||
<!--
|
||||
The FreeBSD Documentation Project
|
||||
|
||||
$FreeBSD$
|
||||
-->
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
|
||||
Do not edit this file except as instructed by the addkey.sh script.
|
||||
|
||||
See the README file in doc/share/pgpkeys for instructions.
|
||||
|
||||
-->
|
||||
<appendix id="pgpkeys">
|
||||
<title>PGP Keys</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>pgp keys</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<para>In case you need to verify a signature or send encrypted email
|
||||
to one of the officers or developers a number of keys are provided
|
||||
here for your convenience. A complete keyring of <hostid role="domainname">FreeBSD.org</hostid>
|
||||
users is available for download from <ulink url="&url.base;/doc/pgpkeyring.txt">http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/pgpkeyring.txt</ulink>.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="pgpkeys-officers">
|
||||
<title>Officers</title>
|
||||
|
||||
§ion.pgpkeys-officers;
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="pgpkeys-core">
|
||||
<title>Core Team Members</title>
|
||||
|
||||
§ion.pgpkeys-core;
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="pgpkeys-developers">
|
||||
<title>Developers</title>
|
||||
|
||||
§ion.pgpkeys-developers;
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</appendix>
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
Local Variables:
|
||||
mode: sgml
|
||||
sgml-declaration: "../appendix.decl"
|
||||
sgml-indent-data: t
|
||||
sgml-omittag: nil
|
||||
sgml-always-quote-attributes: t
|
||||
sgml-parent-document: ("../book.sgml" "part" "appendix")
|
||||
End:
|
||||
-->
|
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/ports/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/ports/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= ports/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
1489
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/ports/chapter.sgml
Normal file
1489
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/ports/chapter.sgml
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= ppp-and-slip/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
3173
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/chapter.sgml
Normal file
3173
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/chapter.sgml
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
612
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/preface/preface.sgml
Normal file
612
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/preface/preface.sgml
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,612 @@
|
|||
<!--
|
||||
The FreeBSD Polish Documentation Project
|
||||
|
||||
$FreeBSD$
|
||||
Original revision: 1.32
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<preface id="book-preface">
|
||||
<title>Przedmowa</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<bridgehead id="preface-audience" renderas=sect1>Docelowy
|
||||
czytelnik</bridgehead>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Osoba poznaj±ca dopiero system FreeBSD odnajdzie w pierwszej
|
||||
czê¶ci niniejszej ksi±¿ki szereg porad prowadz±cych u¿ytkownika
|
||||
przez proces instalacji i delikatnie prezentuj±cych pewne koncepcje
|
||||
i konwencje stoj±ce u podstaw systemów &unix;. Przebrniêcie przez
|
||||
tê czê¶æ wymaga niewiele wiêcej ni¿ chêæ poznania i umiejêtno¶æ
|
||||
przyswajania sobie nowych koncepcji w miarê jak bêd± one
|
||||
prezentowane.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Po dotrwaniu do drugiej, zdecydowanie obszerniejszej czê¶ci
|
||||
Podrêcznika, czytelnik bêdzie mia³ do dyspozycji pe³n± wiedzê z
|
||||
zakresu wszystkich zagadnieñ znajdujacych siê w polu zainteresowañ
|
||||
administratorów systemów FreeBSD. Niektóre z zawartych tutaj
|
||||
rozdzia³ów mog± wymagaæ wcze¶niejszego zapoznania siê z odpowiedni±
|
||||
literatur±. W takich przypadkach, bêdzie to wyszczególnione w
|
||||
streszczeniu na pocz±tku ka¿dego rozdzia³u.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para><xref linkend="bibliography"> zawiera listê dodatkowych ¼róde³
|
||||
informacji.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<bridgehead id="preface-changes-from2" renderas=sect1>Zmiany od wydania
|
||||
drugiego</bridgehead>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Niniejsze trzecie wydanie stanowi punkt kulminacyjny przesz³o
|
||||
dwuletniej pracy oddanych cz³onków Projektu Dokumentacji FreeBSD.
|
||||
G³ówne zmiany jakie w tym okresie zosta³y dokonane to:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><xref linkend="config-tuning">, Konfiguracja i dostrajanie zosta³
|
||||
poszerzony o nowe informacje o zarz±dzaniu moc± i zasobami APCI,
|
||||
opis narzêdzia cron i kolejn± porcjê opcji dostrajania j±dra.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><xref linkend="security">, Bezpieczeñstwo, zosta³ poszerzony
|
||||
o nowe informacje odno¶nie wirtualnych sieci prywatnych (VPN),
|
||||
list kontroli dostêpu do systemu plików, i biuletynach
|
||||
bezpieczeñstwa.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><xref linkend="mac">, Mandatory Access Control (MAC), is
|
||||
a new chapter with this edition. It explains what MAC is
|
||||
and how this mechanism can be used to secure a FreeBSD
|
||||
system.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><xref linkend="disks">, Storage, has been expanded with
|
||||
new information about USB storage devices, file system
|
||||
snapshots, file system quotas, file and network backed
|
||||
filesystems, and encrypted disk partitions.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><xref linkend="vinum-vinum">, Vinum, is a new chapter
|
||||
with this edition. It describes how to use Vinum, a logical
|
||||
volume manager which provides device-independent logical
|
||||
disks, and software RAID-0, RAID-1 and RAID-5.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>A troubleshooting section has been added to <xref
|
||||
linkend="ppp-and-slip">, PPP and SLIP.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><xref linkend="mail">, Electronic Mail, has been
|
||||
expanded with new information about using alternative
|
||||
transport agents, SMTP authentication, UUCP, fetchmail,
|
||||
procmail, and other advanced topics.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><xref linkend="network-servers">, Network Servers, is
|
||||
all new with this edition. This chapter includes
|
||||
information about setting up the Apache HTTP Server, FTPd,
|
||||
and setting up a server for Microsoft Windows clients with
|
||||
Samba. Some sections from <xref
|
||||
linkend="advanced-networking">, Advanced Networking, were
|
||||
moved here to improve the presentation.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><xref linkend="advanced-networking">, Advanced
|
||||
Networking, has been expanded with new information about
|
||||
using Bluetooth devices with FreeBSD, setting up wireless
|
||||
networks, and Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)
|
||||
networking.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Definicje i wykorzystywane w ksi±¿ce terminy techniczne
|
||||
zosta³y zebrane razem w formie leksykonu.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Dokonano wielu estetycznych poprawek tabel i rysunków.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
||||
<bridgehead id="preface-changes" renderas=sect1>Zmiany od wydania pierwszego</bridgehead>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Wydanie drugie stanowi³o punkt kulminacyjny przesz³o dwuletniej pracy
|
||||
oddanych cz³onków Projektu Dokumentacji FreeBSD. G³ówne zmiany jakie w tym
|
||||
okresie zosta³y dokonane to:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Talk a little about justification and other stylesheet changes? -->
|
||||
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Dodano indeks.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Wszystkie diagramy ASCII zosta³y zast±pione rysunkami graficznymi.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Dodano standardowe streszczenie do wszystkich rozdzia³ów, informuj±ce
|
||||
jakie informacje rozdzia³ zawiera i co powinien wiedzieæ czytelnik nim
|
||||
przyst±pi do czytania.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Zawarto¶æ podrêcznika zosta³a zreorganizowana w trzy logiczne czê¶ci:
|
||||
<quote>Pierwsze kroki</quote>, <quote>Administracja systemem</quote> oraz
|
||||
<quote>Dodatki</quote>.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><xref linkend="install"> (<quote>Instalacja FreeBSD</quote>) zosta³ ca³kowicie
|
||||
przepisany na nowo.Do³±czono wiele zrzutów ekranu, by u³atwiæ nowym u¿ytkownikom
|
||||
przyswojenie tekstu.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><xref linkend="basics"> (<quote>Podstawy Uniksa</quote>) zosta³ poszerzony
|
||||
o dodatkow informacje o procesach, demonach i sygna³ach.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><xref linkend="ports"> (<quote>Instalacja programów</quote>) zosta³ poszerzony
|
||||
o dodatkowe informacje o zarz±dzaniu pakietami binarnymi.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><xref linkend="x11"> (<quote>System okien X</quote>) zosta³ w ca³ko¶ci
|
||||
napisany od nowa k³ad±c nacisk na wspó³czesne ¶rodowiska graficzne we &xfree86; 4.X,
|
||||
takie jak <application>KDE</application> i <application>GNOME</application>.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><xref linkend="boot"> (<quote>Proces uruchamiania FreeBSD</quote>) zosta³
|
||||
poszerzony.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><xref linkend="disks"> (<quote>Pamiêæ</quote>) zosta³ napisany na podstawie
|
||||
rozdzia³ów <quote>Dyski</quote> oraz <quote>Kopie zapasowe</quote>. Uwa¿amy, ¿e
|
||||
zagadnienia te ³atwiej jest zrozumieæ, gdy s± przedstawiane jako jeden rozdzia³.
|
||||
Dodano równie¿ podrozdzia³ traktuj±cy o RAID (zarówno sprzêtowym jak
|
||||
i programowym).</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><xref linkend="serialcomms"> (<quote>Komunikacja szeregowa</quote>) zosta³ ca³kowicie
|
||||
zreorganizowany i zaktualizowany dla FreeBSD 4.X/5.X.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><xref linkend="ppp-and-slip"> (<quote>PPP i SLIP</quote>) zosta³y zasadniczo
|
||||
zaktualizowane.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><xref linkend="advanced-networking"> (<quote>Advanced Networking</quote>) zosta³
|
||||
zaktualizowany.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><xref linkend="mail"> (<quote>Poczta elektroniczna</quote>) zosta³ rozszerzony materia³y
|
||||
traktuj±ce o konfiguracji programu <application>sendmail</application>.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><xref linkend="linuxemu"> (<quote>Kompatybilno¶æ z Linuksem</quote>) zosta³ poszerzony
|
||||
o informacje o instalacji bazy <application>&oracle;</application> oraz
|
||||
<application>&sap.r3;</application>.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>W drugim wydaniu dodano nowe rozdzia³y:</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Konfiguracja i dostrajanie (<xref linkend="config-tuning">).</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Multimedia (<xref linkend="multimedia">)</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
||||
<bridgehead id="preface-overview" renderas=sect1>Uk³ad ksi±¿ki</bridgehead>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Niniejsza ksi±¿ka zosta³a podzielona na piêæ logicznych
|
||||
czê¶ci. Czê¶æ pierwsza, <emphasis>Pierwsze kroki</emphasis>, opisuje
|
||||
proces instalacji oraz podstawy u¿ytkowania systemu FreeBSD. Zaleca
|
||||
siê aby czytelnik zapozna³ siê z tymi rozdzia³ami kolejno,
|
||||
pomijaj±c jedynie znane tematy. Czê¶æ druga, <emphasis>Codzienne
|
||||
czynno¶ci</emphasis>, prezentuje niektóre z najczê¶ciej wykorzystywanych
|
||||
funkcji FreeBSD. Ta czê¶æ, wraz kolejnymi, mo¿e byæ czytania bez
|
||||
okre¶lonej kolejno¶ci. Ka¿dy z wchodz±cych w jej sk³ad rozdzia³ów
|
||||
zaczyna siê od zwiêz³ego strzeszczenia zawarto¶ci i przedstawienia
|
||||
co czytelnik powinien ju¿ wiedzieæ. Celem takiego uk³adu jest pozwolenie
|
||||
zwyk³emu czytelnikowi pomin±æ pewne rozdzia³y, by prej¶æ od razu do
|
||||
najbardziej interesuj±cych. Czê¶æ trzecia, <emphasis>Administracja
|
||||
Systemem</emphasis>, opisuje zagadnienia administracyjne. Czê¶æ czwarta,
|
||||
<emphasis>Komunikacja sieciowa</emphasis>, zawiera tematy zwi±zane z prac±
|
||||
w sieci oraz obs³ug± serwerów. Czê¶æ pi±ta zawiera dodatki.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Part I - Introduction -->
|
||||
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="introduction">, Wprowadzenie</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Wprowadza nowego u¿ytkownika w ¶wiat FreeBSD. Streszcza historiê
|
||||
Projektu FreeBSD, stawiane przed nim cele oraz model rozwoju.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="install">, Instalacja</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Przeprowadza u¿ytkownika przez ca³y proces instalacji. Opisuje
|
||||
równie¿ kilka zaawansowanych zagadnieñ, jak np. instalacjê przez
|
||||
konsolê szeregow±.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="basics">, Podstawy Uniksa</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Przedstawia podstawowe polecenie i funkcje systemu operacyjnego
|
||||
FreeBSD. Je¶li pracowali¶my w Linuksie b±d¼ w innym systemie typu
|
||||
&unix; najprawdopodobniej mo¿emy pomin±æ ten rozdzia³.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="ports">, Instalacja programów</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Opisuje metody instalacji dodatkowego oprogramowania we FreeBSD
|
||||
za pomoc± systemu <quote>Kolekcji portów</quote> oraz typowych
|
||||
pakietów binarnych.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="x11">, System okien X</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Opisuje ogólnie System okien X oraz wykorzystanie X11 we FreeBSD.
|
||||
Ponadto, przedstawia typowe ¶rodowiska graficzne jak np.
|
||||
<application>KDE</application> czy <application>GNOME</application>.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Part II Common Tasks -->
|
||||
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="desktop">, Aplikacje biurowe</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Lists some common desktop applications, such as web browsers
|
||||
and productivity suites, and describes how to install them on
|
||||
FreeBSD.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="multimedia">, Multimedia</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Shows how to set up sound and video playback support for your
|
||||
system. Also describes some sample audio and video applications.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="kernelconfig">, Configuring the FreeBSD
|
||||
Kernel</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Explains why you might need to configure a new kernel
|
||||
and provides detailed instructions for configuring, building,
|
||||
and installing a custom kernel.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="printing">, Printing</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Describes managing printers on FreeBSD, including
|
||||
information about banner pages, printer accounting, and
|
||||
initial setup.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="linuxemu">, &linux; Binary Compatibility</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Describes the &linux; compatibility features of FreeBSD.
|
||||
Also provides detailed installation instructions for many
|
||||
popular &linux; applications such as <application>&oracle;</application>, <application>&sap.r3;</application>, and
|
||||
<application>&mathematica;</application>.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Part III - System Administration -->
|
||||
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="config-tuning">, Configuration and Tuning</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Describes the parameters available for system
|
||||
administrators to tune a FreeBSD system for optimum
|
||||
performance. Also describes the various configuration files
|
||||
used in FreeBSD and where to find them.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="boot">, Booting Process</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Describes the FreeBSD boot process and explains
|
||||
how to control this process with configuration options.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="users">, Users and Basic Account
|
||||
Management</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Describes the creation and manipulation of user
|
||||
accounts. Also discusses resource limitations that can be
|
||||
set on users and other account management tasks.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="security">, Security</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Describes many different tools available to help keep your
|
||||
FreeBSD system secure, including Kerberos, IPsec and OpenSSH.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="mac">, Mandatory Access Control</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Explains what Mandatory Access Control (MAC) is and how this
|
||||
mechanism can be used to secure a FreeBSD system.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="disks">, Storage</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Describes how to manage storage media and filesystems
|
||||
with FreeBSD. This includes physical disks, RAID arrays,
|
||||
optical and tape media, memory-backed disks, and network
|
||||
filesystems.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="geom">, GEOM</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Describes what the GEOM framework in FreeBSD is and how
|
||||
to configure various supported RAID levels.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="vinum-vinum">, Vinum</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Describes how to use Vinum, a logical volume manager
|
||||
which provides device-independent logical disks, and
|
||||
software RAID-0, RAID-1 and RAID-5.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="l10n">, Localization</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Describes how to use FreeBSD in languages other than
|
||||
English. Covers both system and application level
|
||||
localization.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="cutting-edge">, The Cutting Edge</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Explains the differences between FreeBSD-STABLE,
|
||||
FreeBSD-CURRENT, and FreeBSD releases. Describes which users
|
||||
would benefit from tracking a development system and outlines
|
||||
that process.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Part IV - Network Communications -->
|
||||
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="serialcomms">, Serial Communications</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Explains how to connect terminals and modems to your
|
||||
FreeBSD system for both dial in and dial out connections.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="ppp-and-slip">, PPP and SLIP</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Describes how to use PPP, SLIP, or PPP over Ethernet to
|
||||
connect to remote systems with FreeBSD.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="mail">, Electronic Mail</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Explains the different components of an email server and
|
||||
dives into simple configuration topics for the most popular
|
||||
mail server software:
|
||||
<application>sendmail</application>.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="network-servers">, Network Servers</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Provides detailed instructions and example configuration
|
||||
files to set up your FreeBSD machine as a network filesystem
|
||||
server, domain name server, network information system
|
||||
server, or time synchronization server.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="firewalls">, Firewalls</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Explains the philosophy behind software-based firewalls and
|
||||
provides detailed information about the configuration of the
|
||||
different firewalls available for FreeBSD.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="advanced-networking">, Advanced Networking</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Describes many networking topics, including sharing an
|
||||
Internet connection with other computers on your LAN, advanced
|
||||
routing topics, wireless networking, bluetooth, ATM, IPv6, and
|
||||
much more.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Part V - Appendices -->
|
||||
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="mirrors">, Obtaining FreeBSD </emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Lists different sources for obtaining FreeBSD media on CDROM
|
||||
or DVD as well as different sites on the Internet that allow
|
||||
you to download and install FreeBSD.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="bibliography">, Bibliography </emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>This book touches on many different subjects that may
|
||||
leave you hungry for a more detailed explanation. The
|
||||
bibliography lists many excellent books that are referenced in
|
||||
the text.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="eresources">, Resources on the Internet</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Describes the many forums available for FreeBSD users to
|
||||
post questions and engage in technical conversations about
|
||||
FreeBSD.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis><xref linkend="pgpkeys">, PGP Keys</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Lists the PGP fingerprints of several FreeBSD Developers.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
|
||||
<bridgehead id="preface-conv" renderas=sect1>Konwencje u¿yte w tej ksi±¿ce</bridgehead>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>W celu utrzymania jednolito¶ci i ³atwo¶ci czytania
|
||||
niniejszego tekstu w ksi±¿ce zastosowane zosta³y nastêpuj±ce
|
||||
konwencje.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<bridgehead id="preface-conv-typographic" renderas=sect2>Konwencje typograficzne</bridgehead>
|
||||
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><emphasis>Kursywa</emphasis></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Czcionka <emphasis>pochy³a</emphasis> stosowana jest do wskazania
|
||||
plików, adresów URL, szczególnie akcentowanych fragmentów i pierwszego
|
||||
zastosowania zwrotów technicznych.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><literal>Sta³a szeroko¶æ</literal></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Czcionka o <literal>sta³ej szeroko¶ci</literal> stosowana jest do
|
||||
przedstawienia komunikatów o b³êdach, poleceñ, zmiennych ¶rodowiskowych,
|
||||
nazw portów, nazw komputerów, nazw u¿ytkowników i grup, nazw urz±dzeñ,
|
||||
zmiennych i fragmentów kodu.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><application>Pogrubienie</application></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Czcionka <application>pogrubiona</application> stosowana jest do
|
||||
nazw programów, poleceñ i klawiszy.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Var list -->
|
||||
<bridgehead id="preface-conv-commands"
|
||||
renderas=sect2>Zadania u¿ytkownika</bridgehead>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Zgodnie z konwencj± typograficzn±, klawisze, które ma nacisn±æ
|
||||
u¿ytkownik w trakcie pracy z opisywanym programem, zosta³y oznaczone
|
||||
<keycap>pogrubieniem</keycap> by wyró¿nia³y siê z reszty tekstu.
|
||||
Kombinacje klawiszy, które nale¿y nacisn±æ jednocze¶nie zawieraj± znak
|
||||
`<literal>+</literal>' pomiêdzy, np.:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<keycombo action="simul">
|
||||
<keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
|
||||
<keycap>Alt</keycap>
|
||||
<keycap>Del</keycap>
|
||||
</keycombo>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Oznacza, ¿e u¿ytkownik powinien nacisn±æ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>,
|
||||
<keycap>Alt</keycap> i <keycap>Del</keycap> jednocze¶nie.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Klawisze, które nale¿y nacisn±æ kolejno bêd± oddzielone
|
||||
przecinkiem, np.:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<keycombo action="simul">
|
||||
<keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
|
||||
<keycap>X</keycap>
|
||||
</keycombo>,
|
||||
<keycombo action="simul">
|
||||
<keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
|
||||
<keycap>S</keycap>
|
||||
</keycombo>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Co oznacza, ¿e u¿ytkownik powinien nacisn±æ klawisze
|
||||
<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> i <keycap>X</keycap> jednocze¶nie,
|
||||
a nastêpnie <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> i <keycap>S</keycap>.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- How to type in key stokes, etc.. -->
|
||||
<bridgehead id="preface-conv-examples"
|
||||
renderas=sect2>Przyk³ady</bridgehead>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Przyk³ady zaczynaj±ce siê od <devicename>E:\></devicename>
|
||||
wskazuj± polecenie systemu &ms-dos;. Je¶li nie jest wyra¼nie zaznaczone,
|
||||
¿e jest inaczej, polecenia te mog± byæ wprowadzane bezpo¶rednio w
|
||||
oknie <quote>Linii poleceñ</quote> w ¶rodowisku µsoft.windows;.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen><prompt>E:\></prompt> <userinput>tools\fdimage floppies\kern.flp A:</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Przyk³ady zaczynaj±ce siê od &prompt.root; wskazuj± polecenie,
|
||||
które musi byæ wprowadzone przez u¿ytkownika z uprawnieniami
|
||||
administratora systemu FreeBSD. Mo¿esz zalogowaæ siê jako <username>root</username>
|
||||
i wprowadziæ polecenie, b±d¼ zalogowaæ jako zwyk³y u¿ytkownik i wykorzystaæ
|
||||
&man.su.1; by uzyskaæ prawa administratora.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>dd if=kern.flp of=/dev/fd0</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Przyk³ady zaczynaj±ce siê od &prompt.user; wskazuj±, i¿ polecenie
|
||||
powinno byæ wprowadzone przez zwyk³ego u¿ytkownika. Je¶li nie jest
|
||||
inaczej zaznaczone, stosowana jest sk³adnia pow³oki C (csh) do ustawiania
|
||||
zmiennych ¶rodowiskowych i uruchamiania innych poleceñ pow³oki.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>top</userinput></screen>
|
||||
|
||||
<bridgehead id="preface-acknowledgements"
|
||||
renderas=sect1>Podziêkowania</bridgehead>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Niniejsza ksi±¿ka jest efektem pracy setek ludzi z ca³ego ¶wiata.
|
||||
Niezale¿nie czy przys³ali poprawkê literówki czy ca³y rozdzia³, ka¿dy
|
||||
wk³ad jest doceniany.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Kilka firm wspar³o rozwój tego dokumentu op³acaj±c autorów,
|
||||
by mogli pracowaæ nad ni± w pe³nym wymiarze czasowym, finansuj±c
|
||||
publikacjê w formie papierowej, itd. Pragniemy wymieniæ przede
|
||||
wszystkim BSDi (przejête pó¼niej przez
|
||||
<ulink url="http://www.windriver.com">Wind River Systems</ulink>),
|
||||
które op³aci³o pracê cz³onków Projektu Dokumentacji FreeBSD nad korektami
|
||||
ksi±¿ki, przygotowuj±c j± do pierwszej publikacji drukowanej
|
||||
w Marcu 2000 r. (ISBN 1-57176-241-8). Nastêpnie, Wind River Systems
|
||||
sfinansowa³o pracê kolejnych osób przygotowuj±cych nowe rozdzia³y,
|
||||
a tak¿e format wydruku. Kulminacj± ich pracy jest drugie wydanie, które ujrza³o
|
||||
¶wiat³o dzienne w Listopadzie 2001 r. (ISBN 1-57176-303-1). W latach 2003-2004,
|
||||
<ulink url="http://www.freebsdmall.com">FreeBSD Mall, Inc</ulink> sfinansowa³o
|
||||
prace nad korekt± Podrêcznika, przygotowywanego do trzeciego wydania
|
||||
w postaci drukowanej.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
</preface>
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
Local Variables:
|
||||
mode: sgml
|
||||
sgml-declaration: "../chapter.decl"
|
||||
sgml-indent-data: t
|
||||
sgml-omittag: nil
|
||||
sgml-always-quote-attributes: t
|
||||
sgml-parent-document: ("../book.sgml" "book" "preface")
|
||||
End:
|
||||
-->
|
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/printing/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/printing/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= printing/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
4876
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/printing/chapter.sgml
Normal file
4876
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/printing/chapter.sgml
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/security/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/security/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= security/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
4987
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/security/chapter.sgml
Normal file
4987
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/security/chapter.sgml
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/serialcomms/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/serialcomms/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= serialcomms/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
2857
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/serialcomms/chapter.sgml
Normal file
2857
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/serialcomms/chapter.sgml
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
72
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/txtfiles.ent
Normal file
72
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/txtfiles.ent
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
|
|||
<!--
|
||||
Creates entities for each .txt screenshot that is included in the
|
||||
Handbook.
|
||||
|
||||
Each entity is named txt.dir.foo, where dir is the directory in
|
||||
which it is stored, and foo is its filename, without the '.txt'
|
||||
extension.
|
||||
|
||||
Entities should be listed in alphabetical order.
|
||||
|
||||
$FreeBSD$
|
||||
Original revision: 1.2
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.adduser1 SYSTEM "install/adduser1.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.adduser2 SYSTEM "install/adduser2.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.adduser3 SYSTEM "install/adduser3.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.boot-mgr SYSTEM "install/boot-mgr.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.console-saver1 SYSTEM "install/console-saver1.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.console-saver2 SYSTEM "install/console-saver2.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.console-saver3 SYSTEM "install/console-saver3.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.console-saver4 SYSTEM "install/console-saver4.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.desktop SYSTEM "install/desktop.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.disklabel-auto SYSTEM "install/disklabel-auto.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.disklabel-ed1 SYSTEM "install/disklabel-ed1.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.disklabel-ed2 SYSTEM "install/disklabel-ed2.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.disklabel-fs SYSTEM "install/disklabel-fs.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.disklabel-root1 SYSTEM "install/disklabel-root1.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.disklabel-root2 SYSTEM "install/disklabel-root2.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.disklabel-root3 SYSTEM "install/disklabel-root3.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.dist-set SYSTEM "install/dist-set.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.dist-set2 SYSTEM "install/dist-set2.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.docmenu1 SYSTEM "install/docmenu1.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.ed0-conf SYSTEM "install/ed0-conf.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.ed0-conf2 SYSTEM "install/ed0-conf2.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.edit-inetd-conf SYSTEM "install/edit-inetd-conf.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.fdisk-drive1 SYSTEM "install/fdisk-drive1.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.fdisk-drive2 SYSTEM "install/fdisk-drive2.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.fdisk-edit1 SYSTEM "install/fdisk-edit1.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.fdisk-edit2 SYSTEM "install/fdisk-edit2.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.ftp-anon1 SYSTEM "install/ftp-anon1.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.ftp-anon2 SYSTEM "install/ftp-anon2.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.hdwrconf SYSTEM "install/hdwrconf.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.keymap SYSTEM "install/keymap.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.main-doc SYSTEM "install/main-doc.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.main-keymap SYSTEM "install/main-keymap.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.main-options SYSTEM "install/main-options.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.main-std SYSTEM "install/main-std.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.main1 SYSTEM "install/main1.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.mainexit SYSTEM "install/mainexit.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.media SYSTEM "install/media.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.mouse1 SYSTEM "install/mouse1.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.mouse2 SYSTEM "install/mouse2.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.mouse3 SYSTEM "install/mouse3.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.mouse4 SYSTEM "install/mouse4.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.mouse5 SYSTEM "install/mouse5.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.mouse6 SYSTEM "install/mouse6.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.nfs-server-edit SYSTEM "install/nfs-server-edit.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.options SYSTEM "install/options.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.pkg-cat SYSTEM "install/pkg-cat.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.pkg-confirm SYSTEM "install/pkg-confirm.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.pkg-install SYSTEM "install/pkg-install.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.pkg-sel SYSTEM "install/pkg-sel.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.probstart SYSTEM "install/probstart.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.security SYSTEM "install/security.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.sysinstall-exit SYSTEM "install/sysinstall-exit.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.timezone1 SYSTEM "install/timezone1.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.timezone2 SYSTEM "install/timezone2.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.timezone3 SYSTEM "install/timezone3.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.userconfig SYSTEM "../../../share/images/books/handbook/install/userconfig.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.userconfig2 SYSTEM "../../../share/images/books/handbook/install/userconfig2.txt">
|
||||
<!ENTITY txt.install.xf86setup SYSTEM "install/xf86setup.txt">
|
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/users/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/users/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= users/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
1040
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/users/chapter.sgml
Normal file
1040
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/users/chapter.sgml
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/vinum/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/vinum/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= vinum/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
1449
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/vinum/chapter.sgml
Normal file
1449
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/vinum/chapter.sgml
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/x11/Makefile
Normal file
15
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/x11/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# $FreeBSD$
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTERS= x11/chapter.sgml
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH= ..
|
||||
|
||||
MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX}
|
||||
|
||||
DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
.include "../Makefile"
|
1680
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/x11/chapter.sgml
Normal file
1680
pl_PL.ISO8859-2/books/handbook/x11/chapter.sgml
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
Loading…
Reference in a new issue